Quarterlytics / KWS SAAT &

KWS SAAT &

kws · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker kws
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · KWS SAAT &
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
K

e

y

w

o

r

d

s

S

t

u

d

i

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

Annual Report  
and Accounts  
2019

Building our  
platform for growth

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019  
Highlights

Our vision is to be 
the world’s leading 
technical and creative 
services platform 
for the video games 
industry and beyond.

At Keywords Studios 
(Keywords), we are 
using our passion for 
games, technology and 
media to create a global 
services platform.

In 2019, we delivered 
strong growth as we 
invested in a strengthened 
and more diversified 
services platform.

Alternative performance measures*

The Group reports certain Alternative performance measures (APMs) to present the financial performance of the 
business which are not GAAP measures as defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Management 
believes these measures provide valuable additional information for the users of the financial information to 
understand the underlying trading performance of the business. In particular, adjusted profit measures are used  
to provide the users of the accounts a clear understanding of the underlying profitability of the business over time.

For full definitions and explanations of these measures and a reconciliation to the most directly referenceable IFRS line 
item, please see pages 135 to 143. Please note, to aid comparability, these explanations also present the current year 
APMs excluding the impact of IFRS 16, and also highlight where a number of APMs have been restated to reflect the 
current year presentation. 

Pages 1–6Highlights  1At a glance  2Investment summary  4Chairman’s statement  6Pages 8–44Q&A with Andrew Day  8Chief Executive’s review   10Market outlook   16Business model   18Our strategy   22Service line review   24Our people, our culture   28KPIs   34Financial and operating review  36Responsible Business report  40Board engagement with    our stakeholders  43Principal risks and uncertainties  45Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report1

Revenue
(€m)

2019

2018

2017

151.4

326.5

250.8

EBITDA*
(€m)

2019

2018

2017

21.9

43.4

34.3

Profit before tax 
(€m)

2019

2018

2017

12.0 

17.4

22.1 

€326.5m

  30.2%

€43.4m  26.4%

€17.4m  21.4%

Margin 13.3% (2018: 13.7%)

Margin 5.3% (2018: 8.8%)

Organic Revenue growth*
(€m)

Adjusted EBITDA (pre IFRS 16)*
(€m)

Adjusted profit before tax*
(€m)

2019

2018

314.7

272.5m

2019

2018

2017

26.3 

49.5 

43.7 

2019

2018

2017

23.0 

40.9

37.9 

15.5%

(2018: 10.1%)

€49.5m  13.2%

Margin 15.2% (2018: 17.4%)

€40.9m

 7.9%

Margin 12.5% (2018: 15.1%)

Basic earnings per share 
(c)

Adjusted earnings per share*
(c)

2019

2018

2017

15.23

12.37 

23.16 

2019

2018

2017

48.78

45.50

31.18

15.23c

 34.2%

48.78c

 7.2%

Total dividend per share 
(p)

2019

0.58

2018

2017

1.61

1.46

0.58p

 64%

Pages 48–73Board of Directors    48Chairman’s introduction    50Corporate governance    51Audit Committee report    54Directors’ remuneration report   57Report of the Nomination Committee   70Directors’ report    71Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  73Pages 74–134Independent Auditor’s    report to the members  of Keywords Studios plc   74Consolidated statement    of comprehensive income   79Consolidated statement    of financial position  80Consolidated statement   of changes in equity  81Consolidated statement   of cash flows  82Company statement   of financial position  83Company statement   of changes in equity  84Company statement    of cash flows   85Notes forming part of the   consolidated and company financial statements  86Pages 135–144Alternative performance measures  135Company information   144GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information2

At a glance

Continuing 
to build our 
global services 
platform

 23

 out of the top 25 games 
companies are serviced 
by Keywords

Keywords Studios now has 59 
studios, in over 40 cities, across 
21 different countries worldwide. 
We provide a full set of integrated 
services, combining a presence that 
is local to our clients in key gaming 
clusters with good access to skilled 
talent pools across four continents. 

Throughout 2019, we have continued to invest behind 
growing demand. We have expanded our existing 
facilities and created new operating bases, while also 
adding capabilities and capacity through acquisitions. 
We added over 1,400 workstations in the period 
and welcomed 8 new businesses to the Group. All 
of this targeted investment has increased our scale, 
extended our global footprint, brought us closer to 
our clients and prospective talent, while adding to the 
vision of becoming the ‘go to’ external development 
partner to the video games industry.

A full set of integrated services
Keywords Studios is building world-leading capabilities in services that video game and similar interactive content creators 
need. We stand shoulder-to-shoulder with our customers working as their external development partner to provide dedicated 
outsourced or embedded services, providing access to our teams of experts where and when needed. Today we have breadth 
and depth in seven service lines.

Revenue breakdown by service:

Art Creation

Game Development

Audio

Functional Testing

Localization

The creation of video game 
graphical art, including 
concept art, 2D and 3D 
art asset production and 
animation. Marketing 
services include game 
trailers, marketing art and 
materials, and full brand 
campaign strategies.

Game development 
services including full 
game development, 
co-development, porting 
of games from one 
platform to another 
including remastering, tool 
development and consulting 
services on a work-for-hire 
basis. This also includes 
our proprietary software 
solutions for analytics, 
social media integration, 
procedural generation of art 
assets and player behaviour 
research consulting services.

Multi-language voiceover 
recording, original language 
voice production, music 
management, sound effects 
and related services.

Quality assurance, 
including discovery and 
documentation of game 
defects and testing 
to verify the game’s 
compliance with hardware 
manufacturers’ and 
distribution platforms’ 
specifications, as well as 
crowd based and focus 
group testing solutions.

Translation of in-game 
text, audio scripts, cultural 
and local adaptation, 
accreditation, packaging 
and marketing materials 
in over 50 languages. 
Includes our proprietary 
technologies for content 
management, machine 
translation, and workflow 
management.

Revenue

2019

€43.6m

Revenue

€66.3m

Revenue

€40.5m

Revenue

€68.9m

Revenue

€48.5m

+28%
Year on year growth

+88%
Year on year growth

+18%
Year on year growth

+44%
Year on year growth

+10%
Year on year growth

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
3

50+

languages across 
our services

59

studios in  
21 countries

7,424

average number of 
employees in 2019

Brighton

Liverpool

Leamington Spa

St. Petersburg

London

Vancouver

Montreal

Seattle

Ottawa

Dublin (HQ)

Quebec City

Paris

Raleigh

Saint Jerome

Portland

Los Angeles

Orlando

Madrid

Barcelona

Hamburg

Mexico City

Austin

Rio de Janeiro

São Paulo

Berlin

The Hague

Krakow

Katowice

Milan

Rome

Beijing

Tokyo

Volgograd

Zhengzhou

Chengdu

Dalian

New Delhi

Taipei

Shanghai

Manila

Pune

Singapore

Yogyakarta

Better balanced 
business higher 
up the value chain

Business representation  
by each service:

11.1%

13.3%

6.9%

14.9%

20.3%

21.1%

12.4%

Localization Testing

Player Support

Testing for out of context 
translations, truncations, 
overlaps, spelling, grammar, 
age rating issues, geopolitical 
and cultural sensitivities 
and console manufacturer 
compliance requirements 
in over 30 languages using 
native speakers.

365/24/7, multilingual 
support for gamers when 
games are in live operation, 
forum monitoring and 
moderation services and 
social media engagement on 
behalf of the game brand.

Revenue

2019

€22.6m

Revenue

€36.1m

+15%
Year on year growth

+1%
Year on year growth

Revenue (2019)

€326.5m

+30.2%
Year on year growth

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information4

Investment summary

Strengthened platform in a growth market

Market leading position

Strong growth record

Keywords has a market leading 
position as the only global provider 
of fully integrated outsourced 
creative and technical services to the 
global video games industry. With 
an industry reputation for quality, 
reliability and flexibility, our scale  
and reputation mean we are well 
placed to take advantage of the 
trend for customers to move to 
more collaborative partnerships with 
fewer, larger suppliers. Our market 
leading position creates substantial 
barriers to entry which we have 
described in more detail on page 20.

We continue to deliver strong 
organic revenue growth as we 
benefit from both the growth in 
the video games industry and the 
trend towards greater outsourcing 
of our services. In addition, we 
have successfully acquired and 
integrated 44 acquisitions since IPO. 
The 8 acquisitions we completed 
in 2019 bolstered our capabilities, 
particularly in Game Development 
and Marketing services. In addition 
to extending our existing service 
lines to bring us even closer to our 
customers, we have continued to 
expand our geographical reach, 
with new facilities in Mexico City 
and Leamington Spa and expanded 
facilities in Katowice.

Access to a dynamic 
growth market

Keywords operates in a dynamic 
growth market but has minimal direct 
exposure to the successes or failures 
of individual game titles. Our focus 
on content means we are platform 
agnostic and well positioned to take 
advantage of the opportunities 
presented by mobile gaming, 
cloud streaming, next generation 
consoles and AR / VR. The increasing 
sophistication of games, and the 
development of new platforms all 
add to the complexity of the video 
games market which is driving 
demand for larger, professional, 
outsourced specialists, such as 
Keywords, in a highly fragmented 
supplier market. Outsourcing such 
work is attractive to developers and 
publishers because it converts their 
fixed costs into variable costs, helps 
remove bottle-necks in capacity by 
providing access to talent as required 
and enables them to focus on their 
core competencies.

Keywords is better placed than ever to continue  
to capture an increasing share of our robustly 
growing market, by deepening our relationships 
with customers who already trust us with their  
high value IP, having significantly extended our 
services and geographical reach during the year.

We are a trusted partner to leading companies 
around the world, with a leading market position, 
providing services to 23 of the top 25 games 
companies and all 10 of the top 10 mobile games 
publishers by revenue, including:

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report5

978

customers, up 
from 846 in 2018

Opportunity to  
grow further

Having made strong progress in 
extending the Group’s client base, 
market penetration, geographic 
footprint and service lines, we 
are now beginning to realise the 
significant potential for increased 
cross-pollination of our service lines 
and geographic locations, including 
taking advantage of our dual-shore 
capabilities which enable us to be 
close to our customers and provide 
services from lower cost studios, as 
we increasingly become a strategic 
partner to our customers. 

A strong business model

Keywords’ flexible resourcing and 
charging model, with charges levied 
for time or output, combined with 
relatively low working capital and 
capital expenditure requirements, 
support our ability to grow the 
business whilst also achieving  
strong underlying cash conversion.

Our business model also provides an 
opportunity to invest in the exciting 
video games market, without the  
risk of exposure to the successes  
or failures of individual game titles.

Adjacent market 
potential

Our expertise in providing 
outsourced solutions to the video 
games industry is already being 
sought after in adjacent markets such 
as film and television, and Keywords 
is well placed to deliver this.

Video games represent the pinnacle 
of interactive content. Our mastery 
of this highly interactive content 
positions us well as other forms of 
content continually seek ways to  
be more interactive and therefore 
more engaging.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information6

Chairman’s statement

A year of strong 
delivery with a  
few growth pains

Keywords has delivered another year of 
strong growth in 2019, at the temporary 
expense of lower margins, as it continued 
to deliver against the ambitious plan it set 
out at the time of its IPO in July 2013.

Since that time, the video games market 
has grown significantly, with more users, 
games, platforms and expanded content, 
revealing further opportunities for 
our services which are agnostic to the 
success of a specific platform or game.  
As outsourcing has accelerated to 
support this expansion of content, so 
too has the breadth of services required 
by our customers, most recently taking 
us into co-development and marketing 
services. Indeed, looking back over the 
years, there has been an impressive 
track record of consistency of message 
and over-achievement assisted in no 
small measure by the extent to which we 
continually find opportunities to integrate 
ourselves into the multifarious facets of 
the video games industry.

Our CEO, Andrew Day’s report shows 
how relentlessly the Group has been 
growing whilst also building the support 
infrastructure necessary to manage 
what is now becoming a very substantial 
business.

2019's accelerated growth brought with it 
a higher level of operational expenditure 
and, having identified a number of 
opportunities to improve the way we 
manage such rapid growth, we have put 
measures in place to deliver both revenue 
growth and improving margins following 
the near-term disruption from COVID-19.

People
Keywords has become a significant force 
in the industry, having grown from just 
over 200 people at IPO to over 7,400 full 
time equivalent employees (FTEs) at the 
year end. Managing, training, recruiting 
and motivating such a large group which 
is diverse in every dimension is a major 
undertaking and whilst our regular staff 
surveys highlight ways in which we need 
to improve, we are also getting a great 
deal right - our aspiration is to make all 
employees proud to be part of Keywords, 
embrace our culture and to be highly 
motivated to help continue the Group's 
success. Those people who have joined 
the Group through acquisition notice and 
appreciate the additional opportunities 
that Keywords offers.

I would like to commend all Keywordians 
for their tireless contributions as they 
"go the extra mile" every day for our 
customers and help us to continue to 
deliver Keywords’ remarkable success 
story, particularly as many have rapidly 
changed their ways of working to support 
the global efforts to control the spread of 
COVID-19.

Board
As previously announced, David 
Broderick stood down from his role as 
Chief Financial Officer in October 2019 for 
personal reasons and, on behalf of the 
Board, I would like to reiterate our thanks 
for his contribution to Keywords over the 
last three years.

Jon Hauck was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer in October 2019, having previously 
been Group Financial Controller and 
Treasurer at FTSE 100 business services 
group, Rentokil Initial Plc, where he 
gained highly relevant experience 
given Rentokil’s operations across 73 
countries world-wide and its active M&A 
programme. Jon has already made a very 
positive impact.

Responsible business
The Board is very mindful of the recent 
focus on Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG) and we are committed 
to building a sustainable business for the 
long term that positively contributes to 
society and the environment; our focus 
on this will be backed up by incentives 
and financial assistance to ensure such 
social initiatives flourish. To fulfil this 
aim and as part of our commitment to 
being a responsible business, the Board 
has appointed Jon Hauck, Chief Financial 
Officer, to oversee this area.

The Board was particularly proud to 
see, on visits to several of the Group’s 
studios in 2019, the number of social and 
environmental initiatives in place locally 
which benefit the local communities and 
wider charitable causes. 

COVID-19 overview, current 
trading and outlook
The impact on the business from 
COVID-19 was limited to our Chinese 
operations in the first two months of 
the year but we have since experienced 
further disruption across the business. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report7

" We remain absolutely committed to the strategy 
embarked upon at the time of the IPO."

  Ross K Graham
  Chairman

Our first priority during this period is the 
health and wellbeing of our people and, 
drawing on our experiences of territories 
that are further progressed in dealing 
with the crisis, in many cases we were 
able to implement safeguarding measures 
ahead of local authorities’ health and 
safety recommendations across the 21 
countries in which we are located. 

This has enabled us to both keep 
our people safe and deliver business 
continuity across our service lines, and 
as part of this we have so far converted 
over 5,500 people to work from home 
arrangements. 

Operating within the global video 
games market and with seven service 
lines delivered from 59 studios across 
21 countries, coupled with our ability 
to deliver the majority of our services 
through work from home arrangements, 
means we are able to offer clients a high 
degree of resilience to the varying cycles 
of the spread of the virus in different 
locations. However, the situation is 
changing rapidly, and it is difficult to 
foresee the impact on our clients and the 
further threats and opportunities that 
may await us. As such, the Board does not 
believe it is prudent to provide guidance 
on the potential full year outcome for 
FY20 at this time. 

The Group has a strong balance sheet 
with net debt (excluding IFRS 16 leases) 
as at 31 December 2019 of €17.9m, 
representing a net debt to Adjusted 
EBITD ratio of 0.4x. The business has 
good liquidity with cash and undrawn 
committed facilities under the €100m 
revolving credit facility (RCF) of €82m as 
at the end of December. In addition, as a 
precautionary measure we are in the final 
stages of exercising the accordion feature 
under the RCF which would provide a 
further €30m of committed facilities. 

Resilience testing has demonstrated the 
business is capable of operating in a work 
from home model for a prolonged period 
and remain comfortably compliant with 
bank covenant thresholds.

Given the current environment, the Group 
has taken steps to preserve cash by 
a close focus on costs and eliminating 
discretionary expenditure, reducing 
working capital and delaying certain 
capital projects. 

Overall, the resilience of the video games 
industry to economic downturns and the 
continued strong demand for the Group’s 
services from its clients, combined 
with the Group’s flexible cost base, 
geographical diversification, broad range 
of services, financial strength and repeat 
revenues, which have consistently been 
at approximately 80% year on year, from 
long standing client relationships, provide 
the Group with the resilience to trade 
through this uncertain period and emerge 
in a strong position. 

A more detailed assessment of the 
potential impacts and opportunities 
resulting from COVID-19, and the 
mitigating actions we are taking, are 
provided in the CEO’s Review, with an 
assessment by service line provided 
in the Service Line Review, and in the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties section.

Dividend
Despite the Group’s resilient financial 
position and the modest size of the 
dividend, the Board believes it would 
be inappropriate to recommend a final 
dividend in the current circumstances. 

Summary
We remain absolutely committed to the 
strategy embarked upon at the time 
of the IPO and, beyond the near-term 
disruption from COVID-19, can see many 
years of good organic and acquisition 

led growth and strong cash flows ahead 
as we continue to pursue that strategy 
successfully. 

We are confident that we will continue 
to deliver excellent results to create 
further shareholder value over time, as 
we leverage our expanded platform in a 
growing, global video games market with 
an accelerating trend towards outsourcing 
(and few competitors of scale).

We continue to keep our focus firmly on 
the video games industry, where we see 
substantial scope in the medium term to 
continue to grow even faster than the 
growing industry itself as we become the 
‘go to’ global services platform for video 
games and beyond. In addition, other 
industries such as film and television (and 
on-line entertainment generally) and other 
adjacent markets are increasingly adopting 
interactive content and video games 
practices, such as simultaneous release 
of content, and we are uniquely placed to 
take advantage of these developments as 
they present themselves.

We will continue to monitor the COVID-19 
situation closely and do all we can to 
protect our people and support our 
customers, who are increasingly looking 
to us as part of the solution for their own 
contingency planning.

We are well financed, with a global 
footprint, a unique position in a resilient 
market and a strong team to manage the 
business through this uncertain period 
and we expect to emerge in a robust 
position to continue to grow once we 
return to a more normalised environment.

Ross K Graham
Chairman

16 April 2020

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information8

Q&A with Andrew Day

We are building a 
platform of scale

Q   2019 looks to have been a  

busy year – what are you  
most proud of?

A  We’ve made some excellent 

progress through 2019 and there 
is plenty for us to be proud of. I’ve 
been particularly pleased with the 
acceleration in organic growth 
despite the slowdown effects of 
the end of the current generation 
of consoles. This was driven by the 
good progress in Functional Testing 
and continued strong growth in 
Game Development which led to 
us exceeding the market’s revenue 
expectations. We’ve continued to 
expand, growing a global platform 
of scale to service the ever growing 
video game industry and its trend 
towards increased outsourcing.  
I remain confident that Keywords is 
the best placed provider to capitalise 
on this trend. 

I have also been pleased with 
the performance of our most 
important asset – our people. As 
an organisation, we are particularly 
proud and protective of our culture, 
where Keywordians are empowered, 
relaxed, professional and humble, 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
9

44

acquisitions since IPO

8 

acquisitions 
completed in 2019

“  As an organisation, we are 
particularly proud and protective of 
our culture, where Keywordians are 
empowered, relaxed, professional 
and humble with a focus on doing the 
very best we can for our customers.”

  Andrew Day
  Group Chief Executive Officer

with a focus on doing the very best 
we can for our customers and each 
project they entrust us with. By 
investing in the development of our 
people, we are ensuring we deliver 
the highest standard of work for our 
customers, furthering our strategy 
to be the ‘go to’ technical and 
creative services platform for the 
global video games industry.

Q  M&A activity appeared to  

slow down this year compared  
to previous years – are you at  
all concerned?

A  I am not concerned. We had a slower 

start to the year, but we completed 
8 high quality acquisitions for a total 
potential consideration of €20m, 
further strengthening the breadth 
of value-added services we’re able 
to offer our customers. I’m happy 
with the progress we made in 2019, 
as we remain very disciplined in our 
approach to acquisitions, targeting 
specific areas to grow the platform 
and only acquiring businesses that 
we know will fit the Keywords model. 
Looking forward, we have a great 
pipeline of opportunities and I’m 
excited about what 2020 could hold 
for the Group.

Q  Should the TV+SYNCHRON 

acquisition be seen as a signpost 
that you will be doing more in the 
TV and film spaces?

A  Although we see some clear 

synergies in the TV and film market 
where demand for our expertise 
already exists, TV+SYNCHRON was 
an opportunistic acquisition which 
allows us to take advantage of some 
highly complementary opportunities 
in the European dubbing market. 
Whilst we will continue to consider 
opportunities in adjacent markets, 
the global video games market 
remains our core focus and there  
is still a lot to do in this area.

Q  Was there anything in the  

year you were particularly 
disappointed with?

A  Overall I am very happy with the 

way the business is continuing 
to come together. I think it’s easy 
to forget how early we are in our 
journey of building our business 
in an addressable market of well 
over $6bn. Our margin in 2019 was 
lower than many were expecting 
but much of that can be explained 
by the investment we are making in 

the strong organic growth we are 
delivering to ensure it is sustainable, 
controlled and the backbone is built 
to support the ongoing organic and 
acquisitive growth. In addition, we 
did have an issue with a fixed price 
contract, which is not something 
we would typically enter into. I am 
pleased to say that this contract is 
now concluded, and we have still 
maintained a strong relationship 
with the customer.

to see in 2020?

Q  What can we expect  
A  More of the same! We are building 

a platform of scale which gives 
us excellent opportunities for 
growth, and the investment in 
our infrastructure, systems and 
management will bring further 
benefits in 2020 and beyond as  
we leverage these costs over a 
growing revenue base. With the 
launch of a new generation of games 
consoles and further development 
of new streaming platforms, we  
are expecting 2020 to be an exciting 
one for the video games industry 
and for Keywords!

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information10

Chief Executive’s review

A strong 
performance

2019 was a year of strong growth, with 
revenues up 30.2% to €326.5m, as we 
continued to build our platform as the 
‘go to’ service provider to the video 
games industry which, in turn, enabled 
us to take advantage of the accelerating 
trend towards external development and 
outsourcing in the industry.

2019 was a relatively light year for video 
game releases as the industry reached 
the tail end of the existing console cycle, 
but we saw demand for our services 
continue to grow, with some service lines 
experiencing very strong growth as they 
benefitted from a marked shift towards 
outsourcing.

The Group delivered 15.5% year-on-year 
Organic Revenue growth, which excludes 
the impact of currency movements and 
acquisitions (as defined on page 137 of 
the Alternative performance measures 
section), driven in particular by very 
strong organic performances in both 
Game Development and Functional 
Testing which grew by 36.4% and 37.0% 
respectively. These are now our two 
largest service lines, and their strong 

"   Strong growth as we 
invested in building 
a more diversified 
services platform  
of scale."

  Andrew Day
  Group Chief Executive Officer

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report11

30.2%

Reported revenue growth

15.5%

Organic Revenue growth

Platform

We have used our passion for games, technology 
and media to build a services platform for the global 
games industry.

Responding to client needs 
The games industry is continuously changing, and our customers rely increasingly 
on external development services to create new and engaging content. We need to 
match their global footprint with a depth and breadth of services and consistently 
high standards of service delivery, to ensure customers know what they are getting 
when they buy our services, regardless of location, timescale or service type. 

Maintaining high standards 
We ensure Keywords’ reputation for quality is upheld across the platform by 
gathering the know-how and tools before spreading them geographically, achieved 
through both acquisitive and organic growth. An example of this could be acquiring 
a new service before seeding it in an established existing location, using our 
team’s expert knowledge of the regional customer base. Another key aspect of 
the platform's success is Keywords’ ability to gather and retain the industry’s top 
talent. As Keywords increasingly becomes the place to work, renowned for its 
great culture, working on the best video games, with good facilities and benefits,  
so we attract the best talent and expertise.

achievements are, in part, testament to 
the effective integration of prior year 
acquisitions to build strong, international 
service platforms of scale that are 
experiencing the increase in demand for 
their services that comes from becoming 
the ‘go to’ provider. 

Having first entered Game Development 
through the acquisition of GameSim 
in May 2017, we have now grown it 
to become a €66m revenue business 
employing an average of 792 production 
focused people across 10 studios. This 
additional scale enables us to take 
advantage of the accelerating demand 
for external development, including the 
growing demand for co-development and 
full game development services. 

The very strong organic growth achieved 
by Functional Testing in 2019 also 
demonstrated the acceleration of demand 
for our testing services, having reached 
the critical mass point of becoming 
the provider of choice, particularly in 
North America following the successful 
integration of VMC. 

To support the Group’s high level of 
growth, we have continued to invest in the 
Group’s operational capacity, supporting 
infrastructure and management, which we 
believe is important to enable the Group 
to capitalise on the clear opportunities it 
is seeing to capture share of the growing 
video games services market. These 
investments held margins back from 
their medium to longer term norm but will 
bring further benefits in future years as 
we leverage these costs over a growing 
revenue base.

Complementing the Group’s strong 
organic growth, we continued to develop 
the Group through acquisitions, with 8 
made during the year. These added scale 
to and diversified Keywords’ marketing 
services, Audio, and Game Development 
service lines and brought cutting edge 
machine translation and crowd sourcing 
technology to the Group’s Localization 
service offering.

In October 2019, we agreed a new 
revolving credit facility for up to €140m 
which provides the Group with further 
flexibility and headroom to manage the 
short-term disruption of COVID-19 and 
invest in our business both organically 
and through acquisition. 

Delivering on our strategy
Our strategy to build our platform as 
the ‘go to’ service provider to the video 
games industry is positioning the Group 
as the leader in a market characterised by 
highly fragmented, local, single-service 
providers, despite the growing needs 
of the major video games publishers 
and developers who act globally. These 
customers are increasingly turning 
to external development and support 
services as a way to manage the demands 
of generating more sophisticated content 
whilst limiting their fixed costs, and so 
they require the quality, flexibility, and 
security of a full service provider of scale.

We made considerable progress in 
building our platform during the year, by 
investing in capacity expansion, making 
acquisitions that enhanced our service 
offering and generating synergies 
through collaboration across our 
expanding multi-service global platform, 
positioning us as an increasingly relevant 
and integral partner to our customers.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information12

Chief Executive’s review  
continued

Organic investment
During the year, we invested in expanding 
our operational capacity and enhancing 
the Group’s infrastructure to scale up  
our business to support the Group’s 
ongoing growth. In addition to the over 
1,400 work stations created during the 
year, we have invested in people, systems 
and marketing as we develop our IT, HR 
and finance functions and enhance our 
global branding. 

This investment included substantial 
expansion of the Group's facilities in 
Montreal, Katowice, Manila, Brighton, 
Mexico City, Tokyo, São Paulo and New 
Delhi. These expansions incurred start-up 
costs, where we were paying for space 
and staff as we fitted out the facilities 
and built and trained the production 
and support teams, before becoming 
operational.

We have also continued to support the 
costs of the investment phase in our early 
stage technology businesses, Yokozuna 
Data, AppSecTest and GetSocial, as 
well as our fledgling services in music 
management, sound design, subtitling 
and dubbing for film and TV. 

We have continued to invest in the 
backbone of the business with increased 
capabilities in our support functions, 
including finance, HR, IT, facilities, 
administration, and general management 
(average number of people employed 

increasing to 646 from 505 in 2018) and 
we are increasingly developing ‘hubs of 
excellence’ in these support functions 
which support a number of studios or key 
regions, such as our Montreal hub which 
supports studios across North America. 
Around the Group, we continue to develop 
our own tools to enable and deliver our 
services and to enhance productivity, in 
addition to adopting and operating third 
party best of breed solutions.

Once the environment has normalised 
following disruptions related to COVID-19, 
we expect to reap the benefits of many 
of these investments as work stations 
are efficiently utilised and our support 
functions yield improved recruitment, 
training, and retention of staff, enhanced 
management information, and more 
efficient workflow management.

Acquisitions and integration
We were pleased to have made 8 high 
quality acquisitions during the year, which 
further strengthened the breadth of 
value-added services we are able to  
offer our global video games customers.

In January, we expanded our range of 
marketing services with the acquisition of 
Sunny Side Up, which brought production 
of high-quality marketing assets and 
provided access to the talent pool in 
Quebec City, to complement our similar 
operations in Brighton and London. Also 
in London, Ichi Worldwide joined the Group 

in December, adding strength and depth 
to our marketing services in campaign 
management, branding strategy and 
social media management, which are key 
to determining the success of a game.

We diversified our Audio Services offering 
with the acquisitions of Vancouver based 
Descriptive Video Works, which brought 
accessibility services in North America; 
TV+SYNCHRON, which added a Berlin 
based dubbing and voice over studio in 
German language; and Syllabes, a games 
and film/TV audio recording studio, 
completing the full suite of services 
provided out of Keywords’ Montreal 
services hub.

We also further strengthened our Game 
Development service line through the 
acquisition of GetSocial, based in The 
Hague, which provides an integrated 
platform for the management of all social 
media interactions within mobile games.  
In Japan, we added the game 
development team, Wizcorp, to our 
existing 270-person team in Tokyo. 

In our Localization service line, we 
welcomed Kantan to the business, 
which brought proprietary, cutting edge 
machine translation and crowd sourcing 
technology to the Group that will enable 
Keywords to work with its video game 
customers in marrying our unrivalled 
video games expertise with highly 
customisable machine translation  
engines and downstream workflow tools.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report2019 Acquisitions

•  Sunny Side Up

•  Ichi Worldwide

I

N
O
T
A
E
R
C
T
R
A

•  GetSocial

•  Wizcorp

T
N
E
M
P
O
L
E
V
E
D

E
M
A
G

•  Descriptive 
Video Works

•  TV+SYNCHRON

•  Syllabes

I

O
D
U
A

I

N
O
T
A
Z
L
A
C
O
L

I

13

•  Kantan

Integration

Even from the preliminary stages of due diligence we 
are constantly focused on integration.

When looking to make acquisitions, integration is always front of mind. We have a 
tried and tested integration process which we implement for each new acquisition, 
starting with a detailed integration plan tailored to the company in question, which 
is designed by the people who will ultimately lead the integration process after the 
acquisition has completed. 

When we make an acquisition, we retain the brands for as long as it makes sense, 
adding "A Keywords Studio" to its logo to ensure it is seen as part of the Group. 
Acquired businesses immediately benefit from shared services through IT, security, 
HR, and finance – all of which have received significant investment this year, and a 
shared sales and marketing team allows businesses to focus on cross selling their 
services as part of a wider group, with local studios supported by regional hubs for 
key functions. In turn, the acquired studios quickly become ambassadors for the full 
range of services across Keywords.

Following the acquisitions made during 
the year, we exited the year with pro 
forma revenue (as defined on page 136  
of the Alternative performance measures 
section) of €333.6m.

During the year, we have also made good 
progress with integrating prior period 
acquisitions, which are making good 
contributions to the Group. The Group's 
largest acquisition in 2018 (completed  
in August), Studio Gobo and Electric 
Square, has outperformed expectations 
while our largest acquisition in 2017 

(completed in October of that year), VMC, 
was fully integrated in 2018, with the 
subsequent benefits of our additional 
scale demonstrated by the particularly 
strong growth in our Functional Testing 
service line during 2019.

We were able to set out in more detail, 
in our Capital Markets Day in Montreal 
in November, how acquired businesses 
can thrive within the Keywords family, 
as they are able to leverage our scale, 
reputation, international reach, and 
broader expertise. In addition, they are 

able to focus on delivering high quality 
work for their customers whilst we 
provide the functional support that would 
otherwise be a constraint on their time as 
they grow their businesses. The benefit 
for these businesses of being part of the 
Keywords family is further evidenced 
by the reduction in ‘downtime’ and staff 
churn that many experience due to the 
opportunities to work on a broader base 
of interesting projects that the wider 
Group is able to offer.

Our market opportunity

Suppliers

50+ specialist

20%

Market size and proportion of outsourcing*

$3.0bn+

10+ 40%

$800m

Non specialist call 
centre operators

50%

$1.2bn

100+ 50%

$1.0bn+

10+ 70%

$150m

50+ including large 
Multiple Language 
Vendors (MLVs)

85%

$200m

50+ 90%

$150m

Game Development

Functional Testing

Player Support

Art Creation**

Localization Testing

Localization

Audio***

Percentage 
outsourced

In-house

0

$0.5bn

$1.0bn

$1.5bn

$2.0bn

$2.5bn

$3.0bn

*  Based on management’s estimates

**  Art Services only, does not include Marketing Services

*** Audio localization only

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
14

Chief Executive’s review  
continued

People
The average number of FTE employees 
across the Group in the period grew to 
7,424 (2018: 5,238) with around 900 jobs 
being created organically and driven 
primarily by the very robust growth 
in our Functional Testing and Game 
Development businesses. 

We constantly strive to provide great 
working environments for all Keywordians 
around the world. One example of this 
can be seen in the central locations of our 
studios. Rather than over emphasise low 
cost locations and low cost facilities we 
feel the benefits of being able to attract 
the best talent in the most scalable 
manner outweigh any savings from 
potentially lower occupancy costs.

Whilst there is always more to do in 
investing in our people, we continue  
to make improvements with training, 
benefit schemes, career progression  
and we monitor ourselves in line with  
our diversity and non-discrimination 
policies, to ensure we are providing  
equal opportunities in all of our locations. 

We are proud of our culture which brings 
common purpose to our colleagues 
around the world. Our empowered, 
relaxed, professional and humble team 
consistently does the very best we 
can for each project entrusted to us, 
working as an extension of our clients’ 
organisations. 

Our broad pool of highly experienced 
and games-passionate talent provides a 
tremendous resource that our customers 
can access in a flexible and cost-efficient 
manner across the globe and in 
convenient time zones.

In turn, we offer colleagues the 
opportunity to work on an unrivalled 
range of the world’s leading games ahead 
of their release. We are typically working 
on over 250 titles at any one time, and 
we provide good career advancement 
and opportunities to move between our 
various studios and the countries in which 
we operate. This can be seen in our senior 
leadership team which comprises some 
home-grown talent and people who joined 
us with acquired entities, in addition to 
externally-hired employees.

Our continued growth and reputation 
for consistently delivering good quality 
service on highly agile engagements to 
demanding deadlines is testament to 
the Keywords culture and the skills and 
the commitment of Keywords’ talented 
and games-passionate employees and 
collaborators. We are proud of our global 
talent pool, which means there is a 
contribution from Keywords in most of 
the world’s leading games, and we would 
like to thank everyone involved for their 
valuable contribution to the continued 
success of the Group.

We are particularly proud of how 
Keywordians around the world have 
responded to the short-term challenges 
and the changes to ways of working to 
keep everybody safe in the context of 
COVID-19. We have though unfortunately 
had to make use of the various furlough 
arrangements provided by various 
governments during March and April 2020 
while continuing our efforts to secure 
clients consents to move project teams 
to work from home arrangements. We 
have established a $500,000 hardship 
fund to support those on furlough who are 
experiencing particular financial constraints. 

COVID-19
Trading in 2020 started in line with 
our expectations, with only minimal 
impact from COVID-19 due principally 
to the short-term disruption in China 
that affected our five studios there. 
These operations have now returned 
to near full production, following the 
return to work after the government 
mandated shutdowns and our subsequent 
implementation of social distancing and 
rigorous hygiene regimes in the studios, as 
well as some work from home measures. 

However, since then, severe restrictions 
have been put in place elsewhere 
requiring most of our studios to be 
temporarily closed. Our first priority 
during this period has been the wellbeing 
of our people and we are following the 
health and safety recommendations of 
the local and national authorities in the 21 
countries in which we have operations. 

As a business with robust operations and 
an inbuilt culture of flexibility and a “can 
do” attitude, all 59 studios have reacted 
extremely quickly supported by our global 
and regional HR and IT teams to move 
over 5,500 of our people to work from 
home arrangements. Whilst this resulted 
in some short-term disruption, we are 
pleased with how quickly our teams are 
settling into these new patterns of work.

In consultation with our clients, we are 
continuing to make preparations to 
move more of our production staff to 
this model, particularly in testing where 
we are working closely with our clients 
with the aim of increasing the numbers of 
testers we can deploy in work from home 
arrangements. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report15

We are seeing an increase in the demand 
for certain services, as existing and new 
clients look to us for support during this 
challenging time and as they look to 
enhance the resilience of their production 
arrangements. We are making efforts to 
satisfy their requests subject to our own 
near-term resource constraints, as we 
prioritise the wellbeing of our people, albeit 
it does look likely that demand will outstrip 
our ability to fulfill it in the near-term. 

It is very difficult to predict how long 
the studio closures will be in place and 
whilst we do expect some disruption 
to the provision of our services due to 
the COVID-19 pandemic, we are doing all 
that we can to mitigate the short-term 
disruptions to production. We anticipate 
the underlying drivers of growth across 
the video games market to remain 
intact, and we hope to benefit from pent 
up demand from our clients once our 
operating environment normalizes.

Medium term outlook
Beyond the immediate disruption caused 
by COVID-19, we expect strong demand 
for our services to result from the 
launch of a new generation of games 
consoles, the further development of 
new streaming platforms, and content 
demands for virtual and augmented 
reality, in addition to the underlying 
drivers of growth across the video  
games market.

Our investment in expanding and 
diversifying the business, improving 
our technology, strengthening our 
management team, and extending our 
functional support, has positioned us  
as the provider of choice. 

This investment will enable us to continue 
to deliver high levels of growth in the 
medium term, in a market that was 
already seeing an accelerating trend 

Scale

We are developing a platform of scale, enabling us 
to become the ‘go to’ provider of services to the 
video games market. 

Our aim is to become the ‘go to’ provider
This means being the first company our customers think of when they 
think about their external outsourced game development needs. For this 
to happen, we need both size and scale and to be known as the industry 
experts. Scale brings not only efficiencies but also creates significant barriers 
to entry for would-be competitors, all of which contributes to becoming the 
provider of choice which in turn accelerates growth.

Another key element is the reputation we have earned across many parts 
of the industry for reliability, flexibility and trust. This is what will keep 
customers coming back and remove risk for others who are considering 
working with us.

towards outsourcing and could see an 
even greater shift to outsourcing in 
response to the COVID-19 outbreak,  
as clients seek to enhance the resilience 
of their production arrangements for the 
long term. 

Whilst that investment held back margins 
in 2019 and the COVID-19 disruption will 
place further pressure on margins in 
2020, we expect to see margins increase 
incrementally towards our historic norms 
as we leverage the investments over a 
growing revenue base in 2021.

Our recently enlarged banking facility 
provides the Group with the balance 
sheet strength to meet its short-term 
liquidity needs and over medium term 
capitalise on our clear opportunity to 
take a leading share of the increasingly 
outsourced video games services market 
both organically and via acquisitions, as 
we further enhance shareholder value. 

We continue to maintain and build upon 
our strong pipeline of acquisitions with 
the intent of executing on selected 
opportunities as the market normalises 
again post COVID-19. We anticipate  
that the current crisis may give rise to 
further acquisition opportunities which,  
as the market leader, we will be well 
placed to execute.

Thanks to the robustness of the Group’s 
model, the growth characteristics of our 
end markets and the strength of our 
market position, the Board is confident  
of being well positioned for growth and 
the long-term success of the business.

Andrew Day
Group Chief Executive Officer

16 April 2020

"  2019 was a year of strong growth as we continued to 
build our platform to become the ‘go to’ service provider 
to the video games industry which, in turn, enabled us 
to take advantage of the accelerating trend towards 
external development in the industry."

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information16

Market outlook

Video games 
market shows  
no signs  
of slowing

A large and growing industry
Momentum in the video games market shows no signs of 
slowing, remaining a core element of the entertainment industry. 
Content revenues in the global games market grew by 7.2% to 
reach $148.8bn in 2019 and are forecast to increase to $189.6bn 
in 2022, a CAGR of 8.1%. (Source: NewZoo Global Games Market, 
for the period 2018-22). 

All indications are that game publishers will continue to make 
more games in the future, with ever more sophisticated content, 
published across more platforms and with an increasing need  
to continuously add content to the games post launch.

An appealing market opportunity 
Much of the video games industry still remains vertically 
integrated. But as the market continues to grow and becomes 
ever more complex, games publishers and developers are 
increasingly seeking to avoid expanding their own teams for 
relatively short term projects. The video games publishing 
cycles are inherently lumpy, requiring significant resources to 
deliver complex projects on a tight timeline. This is resulting in a 
trend towards increasing outsourcing at a more strategic level 
which benefits Keywords as the market’s only major provider of 
scale. This includes a growing demand for co-development and 
full game development services, and we are investing to match 
that demand and continue to increase our market share.

Segment breakdown of global game revenues toward 2022

2018

2019

2022

23%

30%

46%

$138.7bn

24%

20%

30%

46%

$148.8bn

31%

49%

$189.6bn

PC

Console

Mobile

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report17

$6bn+

addressable market for 
video games services

Key trends in 2020

Next generation consoles
2020 is set to be a landmark year for console gaming with both 
PlayStation (PS5) and Xbox (Series X) having announced their 
next generation consoles, scheduled for launch in Q4 2020. With 
backward compatibility a feature of both systems, this console 
transition is expected to be the smoothest yet. Unlike in the last 
transition seven years ago, in which the market was surprised 
at how quickly platform holders and publishers shifted from 
content for the previous platforms to new content for the 
current generation, this time, a lot of games are running as a 
service and are expected to continue to be supported on the 
existing consoles. 

Games as a service
Part of the smoothness of the generation transition will be 
thanks to the trend to the ‘games as a service’ model. We 
anticipate game publishers will want to continue to support 
existing content that is commercially successful while 
simultaneously producing new content that takes advantage  
of the power and features of the new consoles. Outsourcing the 
live operations for both platforms, including the introduction of 
new features, new characters, producing marketing materials, 
plus further localization and testing will bring opportunities for 
Keywords, and we anticipate this doubling up will create added 
demand for our services.

Wider adoption of streaming  
and subscription platforms
In addition to traditional consoles due for release in late 2020, the 
launch of Google Stadia and Apple Arcade in late 2019 and the 
anticipated launch of Microsoft’s xCloud in 2020 represent exciting 
steps to make gaming more readily available and accessible to a 
wide spectrum of gamers. Presently, gaming can be costly for the 
user, with the requirement for high end gaming PCs, expensive 
consoles and high end smartphones limiting the access to and 
uptake of some games. Streaming and subscription services  
have the potential to provide highly cost-effective distribution  
of content, making it available to more players, on more devices,  
in more countries, and in more languages. 

More than ever, video game technologies are also being used in 
other markets including e-learning, film and TV, simulation and 
e-retail, as content providers continue to seek ways to make 
their content more interactive and thereby more impactful and 
engaging. Interactive content of whatever type requires the 
sorts of skills and knowhow that Keywords has mastered in  
the most interactive of all content markets – video games.

The video games service provider market remains 
highly fragmented, yet it is only when a service 
provider has sufficient scale that it is able to more 
efficiently utilise its resources, without significant 
downtime between projects and have the resourcing 
flexibility to meet the customers' needs on a timely 
basis. As the only service provider of scale, in this $6bn 
plus addressable market (see page 13), Keywords is 
uniquely placed to support our customers' needs. This 
is part of the attraction for acquisition targets, who 
want to be part of a larger group with access to a wider 
customer base and service offering. It also means we 
are increasingly benefitting from our scale relative to 
competitors, as we further consolidate our market, and 
can respond flexibly to increasingly large scale projects 
from our customers.

“Keywords is uniquely placed to 
support our customers' needs.”

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
18

Business model

Creating value and growth 
through operational efficiency

The video games industry represents the pinnacle of interactive digital content. 
At Keywords, we are using our passion for games, technology and media to  
create a global, integrated services platform of scale for video games and beyond.

Key strengths

What we do

Global presence
Provides access to the best talent and enables us 
to deliver projects across studios in multiple time 
zones, allowing seamless 24-hour turnarounds 
whilst remaining close to our customers. 

Flexible resource model
Particularly true of our testing business, this allows 
us to scale up or down to meet demand, mirroring 
the seasonality of games production. 

Knowledge and expertise
Our talented people have deep games-specific 
knowledge and experience, enabling them to add 
value to our customers’ games at all stages in the 
development lifecycle.  

Reputation for quality
At the heart of our culture is our commitment 
to quality, reliability and integrating with our 
customers’ processes, promoting long-term 
customer relationships.  

Financial strength
Our strong financial performance and position 
gives our customers reassurance of resilience in 
their supply chain, and is part of our attraction to 
businesses we acquire. 

Acquisition track record
We have a strong track record in identifying 
acquisitions with a good fit with Keywords in terms 
of culture, as well as expertise or geography and 
integrating them effectively to support their growth.

Keywords’ presence in each stage of the games development 
cycle creates multiple opportunities for cross delivery and 
revenue growth.

1

2

Pre-production

Concept art 

Level design

Game design

Early stage game 
development

Co-development

Programming

Art production

Cinematics/visual effects

Audio production

Original language  
voice production

Engineering

Development quality 
assurance

Game demo trailers

Music scoring

Sound design

Story writing

Motion capture

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report19

Our business model is supported by our strategic pillars:

Building our 
platform

Selective acquisitions 
and integration

Organic growth 
and cross selling

   Services offered by Keywords

   Services added by Keywords in 2018-2019

   Services not currently offered by Keywords

3

4

 5

 6

Later stage game 
development

Functional testing

Text localization

Audio localization

Launch

Certification testing

Official game trailers

Ongoing live  
operations support

New content  
for games

Customer support

Game extensions

Soundtrack publishing

Community management

Level expansions

Marketing services

Data analytics

Localization testing

Customer acquisition

Payments processing

Player research

Game porting

Music branding  
and strategy

Merchandising

Game analytics

Social integration

Customer retention

Promotions management

Issue patches

Art

Audio

Testing

Localization

Marketing

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information20

Business model  
continued

How we are different

Acquisition  
track record
Strong and disciplined track  
record in identifying acquisitions 
with a good cultural fit 

Established and effective 
integration processes

Organic growth  
demonstrates success

Scale

Technology

Large customers need large 
reliable suppliers

Necessity of regular investment 
in technology and security makes 
it difficult for smaller suppliers to 
compete

Importance of resilience and 
security through robust IT 
infrastructure

Financial strength

Strong performance  
reassures customers 

Attractive stability for  
businesses we acquire

n

Acquisitio
trac k
recor d

l
a
i
c
n
a
n

h
t
g
n
e
r

i

t

F

s

R

e

f

p

o

u

r

t

a

q

u

tio
ality

n 

S cale

Te

c

h

n

o
l

o

g

y

Barriers  
to entry

e

l

a
b
o
l
G

c
n
e
s
e
r
p

S c alable
m odel

Knowle d g e
and
expert i s e

Global presence

Access to the best  
talent worldwide

Ability to deliver  
projects across studios  
in multiple time zones

Close proximity to  
our customers

Reputation  
for quality

Commitment to quality  
embedded in our culture

Reputation for delivery  
evidenced by long-term  
customer relationships

Knowledge  
and expertise

Talented and passionate people 

Deep games-specific knowledge 
and experience

Value-adding expertise 

Scalable model

Capable of scaling up or down  
to meet demands

Mirror seasonality of games 
production

Flexible resourcing  
to match client needs

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
21

470%

Increase in Adjusted 
EPS since 2014*

108

Customers using  
3 or more services  
(up from 30 in 2014)

7,424 

Average number  
of employees  
(up from 978 in 2014)

Creating value for our stakeholders

By working as their external development partner, we enable 
leading content creators and publishers to leverage our 
expertise and capacity across the lifecycle of interactive content.

In so doing we enable our customers who are operating in 
complex and fast-moving environments to remain lean and  
agile, and to focus on creating and monetising the most 
engaging experiences.

We are trusted and relied upon by most of the world's leading 
video game companies to work alongside them during concept, 
development and live operations by leveraging the breadth and 
depth of our industry leading service lines every step of the way.

Keywords’ presence in each stage of the games development 
cycle creates multiple opportunities for cross selling and 
revenue growth.

Investors
Consistent track record of delivering earnings and dividend 
growth.

Opportunity to invest in the exciting video games market, 
without the risk of exposure to the successes or failures of 
individual game titles.

Proven disciplined M&A track record to consolidate a fragmented 
global supplier base.

Access to a structural revenue growth opportunity driven by 
industry growth and a trend towards outsourcing.

Customers
Our involvement across the video games cycle means that we 
can be a “one-stop-shop” for our global customers, meeting 
their requirements with a combination of on-demand and 
dedicated services facilitated through a wide geographic 
reach to talent and a flexible resource model. This allows our 
customers to outsource most aspects of game development, 
enabling our customers to reduce the number of permanent 
staff that would otherwise be required to cater for peak activity, 
thereby converting fixed to variable costs and minimising their 
overall operating costs.

Employees
Keywords provides employees with an excellent and sustainable 
variety of work, good career advancement opportunities and, 
increasingly, opportunities to work in many different locations.

Our customers can access a world class talent base without 
incurring any of the usual fixed costs.

* 

 Before acquisition and integration expenses, share option charges, 
amortisation of intangibles, and foreign currency effects.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information22

Our strategy

To become the ‘go to’ technical and 
creative services provider for the  
video games industry and beyond

The key pillars of our strategy are to grow 
organically and by acquisition to extend 
the Group's service capacity, capabilities 
and geographical reach in order to better 
serve our client base across all platforms, 
key geographies and languages, with  
a full range of services and solutions.

Positioning the Group as the provider of 
scale in an otherwise highly fragmented 
service provision market, despite the 

global scale and nature of the major video 
games publishers and developers, will 
enable us to continue to take advantage 
of the trend towards greater externalising 
of development and support services as 
customers seek to manage the demands 
for increasingly frequent and 
sophisticated content in a cost effective 
manner. By investing in expanding 
capacity and across our multi-service 

global platform, we are increasingly 
becoming a strategically important 
partner to our customers who require 
a service provider of our scale and 
flexibility.

As we develop positions of scale within 
our chosen markets, our focus moves to 
new areas where we see opportunities  
to expand through a mixture of organic 
and acquisitive growth. 

Strategic pillars

Progress in 2019

Priorities in 2020

Measures of our success

Building our platform

•  Continued to enhance our marketing services capabilities (first entered in 2018) with 2 
acquisitions during the year; building on the first two we acquired in this space in 2018.

Selective acquisitions  
and integration

•  Extended our geographical footprint by acquiring our first studio in Berlin, another key hub  

that further builds out our global platform.

•  Added 1,400+ work stations to support the strong levels of organic growth and become the  

‘go to’ service provider in each service line.

•  Enhanced and grew our capabilities in new and existing regions with facilities opened in 

Montreal, Mexico City, Katowice, Manila, Tokyo and Leamington Spa.

•  Renamed our Game Development service line (previously Engineering) to more accurately 

reflect the range of services from full game development to software engineering consultancy.

•  Completed 8 acquisitions during the year which added to our existing scale and capabilities in 

audio, game development, marketing and localization services.

•  Kantan – acquired a leading machine translation business adding to our range of technology 

used across the Group.

• 

Increased our presence in North America with selective acquisitions in Montreal and Vancouver.

•  These acquisitions are being integrated within the service lines as well as within the country 
and regional management structures and our global finance, accounting, HR and IT functions.

•  Made good progress with integrating prior period acquisitions, which are making good 

contributions to the Group.

Organic growth and cross selling

•  Organic Revenue grew by 15.5% in 2019.

•  Organic growth in 2019 was a defining feature as we grew in all of our key regions and is 

reflective of our success in executing and integrating acquisitions.

•  Continued to expand our client relationships by making good progress with cross selling  
our services reflecting an increase in customers buying 3 or more services from 99 to 108.

• 

In 2020, we will continue to build our platform so we are increasingly a 

strategically important partner to our customers.

•  Marketing services was first launched in 2018. There are further acquisition 

opportunities to widen the range of services we can offer and expand the 

geographies we can cover.

•  Our fast growing Game Development business has benefitted from 

investments in acquisitions and organic openings of new studios, and we  

hope to be able to make further acquisitions in the space as we build our  

Game Development business into the provider of choice.

•  As we extend our capacity, our investment in new workstations enables us 

to take advantage of higher levels of activity in a more cost-efficient manner. 

2020 will also see continued investment as we develop our platform to service 

our clients' projects across our expanding multi-service global platform.

•  The Group’s acquisition programme continues to be an important strategic 

pillar and we anticipate that 2020 will again contain a number of acquisitions.

•  Our service lines are ever developing, and there are gaps in most of them.  

We will continue to make selective acquisitions that further enhance and 

extend each service's capabilities in 2020, particularly in Marketing services 

and Game Development.

•  Keywords will continue to develop and invest in technologies that support  

the services we provide to game developers and game publishers.

•  Following considerable success expanding in to the key global video games 

markets, geographical expansion remains a lower priority driver in 2020 as we 

continue our focus on enhancing our capabilities in regions where we already 

have a presence.

•  Organic growth remains our priority in 2020. Following the growth we saw  

in 2019 and our work on building out our platform, we will invest in this as  

a key priority.

to customers.

•  Cross-selling within our services is vital and we have continued to see 

noticeable growth in the number of customers that are benefiting from  

the use of three or more of our services, a key reflection of our “relevance”  

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report23

Some of the Sperasoft team taking 
part in their annual art day event.

Strategic pillars

Progress in 2019

Priorities in 2020

Measures of our success

Building our platform

•  Continued to enhance our marketing services capabilities (first entered in 2018) with 2 

acquisitions during the year; building on the first two we acquired in this space in 2018.

Selective acquisitions  

and integration

•  Extended our geographical footprint by acquiring our first studio in Berlin, another key hub  

that further builds out our global platform.

•  Added 1,400+ work stations to support the strong levels of organic growth and become the  

‘go to’ service provider in each service line.

•  Enhanced and grew our capabilities in new and existing regions with facilities opened in 

Montreal, Mexico City, Katowice, Manila, Tokyo and Leamington Spa.

•  Renamed our Game Development service line (previously Engineering) to more accurately 

reflect the range of services from full game development to software engineering consultancy.

•  Completed 8 acquisitions during the year which added to our existing scale and capabilities in 

audio, game development, marketing and localization services.

•  Kantan – acquired a leading machine translation business adding to our range of technology 

used across the Group.

• 

Increased our presence in North America with selective acquisitions in Montreal and Vancouver.

•  These acquisitions are being integrated within the service lines as well as within the country 

and regional management structures and our global finance, accounting, HR and IT functions.

•  Made good progress with integrating prior period acquisitions, which are making good 

contributions to the Group.

• 

In 2020, we will continue to build our platform so we are increasingly a 
strategically important partner to our customers.

•  Marketing services was first launched in 2018. There are further acquisition 
opportunities to widen the range of services we can offer and expand the 
geographies we can cover.

•  Our fast growing Game Development business has benefitted from 

investments in acquisitions and organic openings of new studios, and we  
hope to be able to make further acquisitions in the space as we build our  
Game Development business into the provider of choice.

•  As we extend our capacity, our investment in new workstations enables us 

to take advantage of higher levels of activity in a more cost-efficient manner. 
2020 will also see continued investment as we develop our platform to service 
our clients' projects across our expanding multi-service global platform.

•  The Group’s acquisition programme continues to be an important strategic 

pillar and we anticipate that 2020 will again contain a number of acquisitions.

•  Our service lines are ever developing, and there are gaps in most of them.  
We will continue to make selective acquisitions that further enhance and 
extend each service's capabilities in 2020, particularly in Marketing services 
and Game Development.

•  Keywords will continue to develop and invest in technologies that support  

the services we provide to game developers and game publishers.

•  Following considerable success expanding in to the key global video games 

markets, geographical expansion remains a lower priority driver in 2020 as we 
continue our focus on enhancing our capabilities in regions where we already 
have a presence.

7

service lines, up 
from two in 2009, 
four in 2013 and 
six in 2016.

1

of our service  
lines, Functional 
Testing, has become 
the supplier of choice 
in North America.

4

continents in 
which we have 
operations. We 
now have 45% 
of our people in 
North America and 
South America, 
23% in Europe  
and 32% in Asia. 

4–10

acquisitions per 
year. Between 
€30m to €80m 
invested.

8

acquisitions 
in 2019. All are 
successfully being 
integrated into our 
platform.

44

acquisitions  
since IPO. 

Organic growth and cross selling

•  Organic Revenue grew by 15.5% in 2019.

•  Organic growth in 2019 was a defining feature as we grew in all of our key regions and is 

reflective of our success in executing and integrating acquisitions.

•  Continued to expand our client relationships by making good progress with cross selling  

our services reflecting an increase in customers buying 3 or more services from 99 to 108.

•  Organic growth remains our priority in 2020. Following the growth we saw  
in 2019 and our work on building out our platform, we will invest in this as  
a key priority.

•  Cross-selling within our services is vital and we have continued to see 

noticeable growth in the number of customers that are benefiting from  
the use of three or more of our services, a key reflection of our “relevance”  
to customers.

16%

108

increase in overall 
customer numbers 
in 2019 to 978, up 
from 846 in 2018.

customers using 
three or more 
service lines. Up 
9% from 2018.

1,400+

work stations 
added in 2019 to 
support our growth 
and growing need 
for scale.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information24

Service line review 

All our service lines continued to grow in 2019, whilst we also continued to 
make good progress with cross-selling our services, with a 9.1% increase in 
the number of customers buying three or more services to 108 (2018: 99). 

The following table provides a summary of our revenues by service line, their growth rates on a reported basis and Organic 
Revenue** growth. We have also presented pro forma revenues by service line, which includes the annualised revenue of all 
acquisitions made in the year, to provide a better overview of the size and balance of the business at the end of the year, together 
with the average number of operational staff in each service line, excluding managerial and support staff. The service line 
commentary which follows reports on the statutory reported revenues unless otherwise stated.

Revenue

Art Creation
Game Development
Audio
Functional Testing
Localization

Localization Testing
Player Support

% of 2019  

Group revenue

2019  
Revenue  
€m

2018*  
Revenue  
€m

Change from 
2018  
%

2019  
Organic Revenue** 
growth  
%

2019  
Pro forma 
Revenue**  
€m

2019 Average 
number of 
operational staff 
by service line

13.3%
20.3%
12.4%
21.1%
14.9%

6.9%
11.1%

43.6
66.3
40.5
68.9
48.5

22.6
36.1

34.0
35.2
34.2
47.8
44.0

19.7
35.9

28.2%
88.4%
18.4%
44.1%
10.2%

14.7%
0.6%

30.2%

6.7%
36.4%
2.3%
37.0%
7.5%

11.2%
(4.7%)

46.1
67.0
43.7
68.9
49.2

22.6
36.1

15.5%

333.6

1,194
792
220
2,316
381

532
1,343

Total

100.0% 

326.5

250.8

* 

 The prior year comparatives for Art Creation, Game Development and Functional Testing have been restated, primarily to reflect the reclassification of 
certain Sperasoft services, in order to provide a more meaningful comparison with the 2019 presentation.

**   The Group reports certain Alternative performance measures (APMs) which management believes provide valuable additional information for the users of 
the financial information to understand the underlying trading performance of the business. For full definitions and explanations of these measures and a 
reconciliation to the most directly referenceable IFRS line item, please see pages 135 to 143.

Art Creation (13.3% of Group revenues for the year)
Our Art Creation service line creates graphical art assets for 
video games including concept art creation, 2D and 3D art asset 
production and animation. Also included under Art Creation is the 
marketing services business we are building through acquisitions, 
and the subsequent organic growth of Fire Without Smoke, The 
TrailerFarm, Sunny Side Up and most recently, Ichi Worldwide.

2019 performance 

Art Creation revenues grew by 28.2% to €43.6m in the year 
ended 31 December 2019 (2018: €34.0m) with the benefit of full 
year contributions from 2018 acquisitions Fire Without Smoke 
and The TrailerFarm, and contributions from 2019 acquisitions, 
Sunny Side Up, whilst Ichi was acquired at the very end of 
2019. Organic Revenue, which excludes the impact of currency 
movements and acquisitions, grew by 6.7% for Art Creation.

During the year, we employed an average of 1,194 production 
based people in Art Creation (2018: 1,038) whose services 
are primarily delivered by full-time permanent employees, 
particularly in our bigger operations in China and India, 
complemented by a small number of freelancers, particularly in 
our North American operations, which provides some additional 
flexibility in matching resources with demand. These freelance 
resources are not included in our employment numbers.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

In the current year, our five Chinese art studios were the first to 
be impacted by COVID-19 as government-mandated shutdowns 

were imposed following the Lunar New Year holiday. During that 
period, our businesses implemented work from home measures 
wherever that was possible. Since re-opening the studios, we 
have implemented social distancing measures, increasing the 
space available per person through shift working and rigorous 
hygiene regimes combined. Our China businesses have been 
back to close to near full production since the end of February 
and employees previously working from home have been 
returning to in-studio work. 

More recently, our art and marketing studios in North  
America, Europe and India have all implemented work from  
home operations.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

Art Creation operates in a market we estimate to be valued at well 
over $1bn, with just c.50% of these services currently outsourced 
to a highly fragmented base of over 100 service providers. 

We have yet to quantify the opportunity for the Marketing 
services business but it is clearly very large and highly 
fragmented given the range of services provided both internally 
and externally which includes key art, trailer creation, advertising, 
PR, branding, campaign management, influencer marketing and 
management, marketing analytics, and community management.

We expect to continue to add to our Marketing services activities 
with further acquisitions with the intention of reporting this 
business separately when it achieves scale through continued 
organic growth and acquisition.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report25

Game Development  
(20.3% of Group revenue for the year)
Formerly called Engineering, our Game Development service line 
provides external development services to game developers and 
publishers including full game development, co-development, 
porting and general software engineering consultancy.

2019 performance 

Now our second largest service line, Game Development 
increased revenues by 88.4% to €66.3m (2018: €35.2m). 
This increase reflected full year contributions from our 2018 
acquisitions, Snowed In, Studio Gobo and Electric Square, and 
the benefit of the acquisition of Wizcorp in April 2019. Organic 
Revenue, which excludes the impact of currency movements and 
acquisitions, increased very strongly for Game Development, up 
36.4% compared to 2018.

During the year we grew the number of people in our Game 
Development service line by over 80% to c. 900 at the end of  
the year, employing an average of 792 production focused 
people in 2019 (2018: 494). 

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

All of our Game Development studios are working from home 
in response to the pandemic. This is allowing us to continue to 
service our customer needs through the COVID-19 disruption 
and while demand remains high, we are likely to be constrained 
by a reduced ability to recruit.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

Game Development is our largest addressable market, which we 
estimate to be valued at well in excess of $3bn, with just c.20% 
of game development services across the industry currently 
outsourced, meaning it has the lowest proportion of services 
outsourced of all of the Group’s service market segments. 
Service provision is also highly fragmented, with well over 50 
service providers addressing this segment.

We made our final delivery under an underperforming fixed price 
contract in December 2019. Without this drag factor, and with the 
benefit of the new studios in Leamington Spa, UK, in Singapore 
and in Austin, Texas (all of which we have opened in the last 4 
months), we are well placed to meet the continued demand for 
our services, subject to any further COVID-19 related impacts.

Audio  
(12.4% of Group revenue for the year)
Our Audio service line provides multi language voice-over, 
original language voice recording, music, sound design, 
accessibility and related services.

2019 performance 

Audio revenues rose by 18.4% in the period to €40.5m (2018: 
€34.2m), with the benefit of full year contributions from the 
2018 acquisitions of Cord, Laced, Blindlight and Maximal and 
contributions from Descriptive Video Works and TV+SYNCHRON 
in 2019, whilst Syllabes was acquired at the very end of 2019. 
Organic Revenue, which excludes the impact of currency 
movements and acquisitions, increased by 2.3% compared  
to 2018. 

Our audio services businesses are primarily aligned with the 
release of AAA video games. 2019 was a relatively light year for 
these games and this, coupled with the effect of the transition 
to new Xbox and PlayStation consoles in 2020, meant some 
developers and publishers reconsidered their release plans 
which held back our growth. 

During the year we grew the average number of service delivery 
staff in our Audio Services business by 18.9% to 220 (2018: 185). 

We were delighted that our relatively new audio production 
facility in London’s Covent Garden, Liquid Violet, and our 
Burbank, Los Angeles voice production facility were granted 
Netflix preferred vendor status in 2019 alongside that of 
Vancouver based Descriptive Video Works.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

We are experiencing some short-term disruption as a result of 
the temporary closure of most of our recording studio facilities 
in response to local government isolation measures. We are in 
the process of implementing remote recording capabilities to 
allow some limited voice-over recording from actors’ homes. 

Our current expectation is that this will reduce our recording 
capability in the short-term, but we would hope that higher 
levels of utilisation within those studios as we catch up with 
delayed productions, will enable us to offset some of the impact 
of the delays.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

We estimate the market for video games’ audio localization 
services alone to be valued at c. $150m and to be approximately 
90% outsourced. However, service provision in this segment 
remains highly fragmented, with over 50 service providers, so 
we expect to be able to continue to grow our market share as 
well as make acquisitions over time. We have not yet sized the 
market for the original language recording, music and sound 
effects/design segments.

Assuming the environment becomes more normalised following 
near-term COVID-19 disruption, our Audio service line should 
benefit from a better second half of 2020 for AAA game 
releases, to coincide with the anticipated new console launches 
from Microsoft and Sony. 

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information26

Service line review  
continued

Functional Testing  
(21.1% of Group revenue for the year)
In 2019, Functional Testing grew to become our largest service 
line and provides quality assurance including the discovery 
and documentation of game defects; testing to ensure 
games are compatible with the various hardware devices and 
configurations they are played on; and testing to verify that 
games comply with console manufacturers’ specifications.

2019 performance 

Functional Testing revenues increased by 44.1% to €68.9m 
(2018: €47.8m). Organic Revenue, which excludes the impact 
of currency movements and acquisitions, increased by 37.0%. 
This growth followed the consolidation we effected with the 
acquisition of VMC in late 2017, and the subsequent integration 
efforts and investments made in 2018 through to 2019, as our 
Functional Testing operations reached the scale necessary to 
become the 'go to' provider in North America.

During the year, the average number of production staff in 
Functional Testing was 2,316 (2018: 1,170), many of which are 
flexibly resourced positions to enable us to scale up and down 
with the demands of the projects.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

Functional Testing has largely depended on being able to 
conduct its work from secure facilities, and as such, our testing 
operations are most at risk from the shutdowns imposed by 
local authorities. We have so far moved over 1,500 people to 
work from home arrangements and are continuing to consult  
on a client by client basis to move to a working from home 
model allowing us to maintain testing for these remaining clients 
through the crisis. This is resulting in some delays to certain 
projects and, where appropriate, staff have been moved on to 
government supported furlough arrangements until agreements 
can be reached with our clients.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

The addressable market for Functional Testing is estimated 
by us to be valued at over $800m, with just c.40% of services 
currently outsourced. Whilst this is a less fragmented market, 
with approximately 10 or more service providers, we are a 
leading player in this segment for which the scale and flexibility 
of a larger player is important to customers. The market 
continues to grow as games companies become ever more 
focussed on the quality of the increasing volumes of content  
in their games.

Beyond the potential near-term disruption described above, 
we expect Functional Testing to continue to grow strongly as 
it benefits from the trend to outsourcing in the industry and to 
see some operational leverage from the investments in growth 
made in 2019.

Localization  
(14.9% of Group revenue for the year)
Our Localization service line provides translation of in-game 
text, audio scripts, cultural and local adaptation, packaging 
and marketing materials. We have also recently added neural 
machine translation technology and a global crowd sourcing 
translation platform, through the acquisition of Kantan.

2019 performance 

Despite making up for the annualised effect of certain former 
customers entering insolvency processes in 2018, primarily due 
to the ‘Fortnite effect’, Localization revenues grew by 10.2% to 
€48.5m (2018: €44.0m). Organic Revenue, which excludes the 
impact of currency movements and acquisitions, has grown 
by 7.5% as this service line continues to benefit from the trend 
towards continuous content generation for games in live 
operation, albeit it was held back in 2019 in the lead up to the 
transition to new consoles, as in the case of Audio Services.

Our Localization business makes effective use of a large  
pool of freelance translators built up and nurtured over  
many years while maintaining a permanent production base, 
with an average of 381 operational staff during the year  
(2018: 334) which includes new and expanded teams dedicated 
to certain customers.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

All project management and support staff are now working 
from home as are our in-house language leads, localisation 
engineers and client dedicated teams. With the majority of our 
Localization service already managed through a global network 
of freelancers working from home this service line was quick to 
migrate to a full work from home model and no material impact 
on delivery capabilities is currently expected.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

We estimate that the market for localization for video games is 
valued at c.$200m, of which c.85% is currently outsourced but 
that service provision remains highly fragmented, with over 
50 providers most of which are single language providers and 
don’t have the scale to deliver simultaneous multi-jurisdictional 
localization projects for our global video games customer base.

We expect Localization to continue to build on its leading  
market position as it increasingly differentiates itself by 
combining proprietary software tools like XLoc, and recently 
acquired AI and Machine Learning technology from Kantan, with 
its market leading expertise in games localization built up over 
the past 20 years.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report27

Localization Testing  
(6.9% of Group revenue for the year)
Our Localization Testing service line identifies out of context 
translations, truncations, overlaps, spelling, grammar, age-
rating and cultural issues and tests for console manufacturer 
compliance requirements in over 30 languages using  
native speakers.

2019 performance 

Although held back by the transition to the new generation of 
consoles due out in late 2020 and evidenced by the light release 
of AAA games in 2019, Localization Testing revenue increased 
by 14.7% to €22.6m (2018: €19.7m). On an organic basis, which 
also excludes the impact of currency movements, Localization 
Testing was 11.2% higher compared to 2018. 

During the year in which we opened new Localization Testing 
operations in Katowice, the average number of production 
focused staff in Localization Testing was 532 (2018: 446), of 
which many are flexibly resourced positions to enable us to 
scale up and down with the demands of the projects.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

As in the case of Functional Testing, Localization Testing largely 
depends on staff being able to conduct their work from secure 
facilities, so is more exposed to shutdowns imposed by local 
authorities. We are consulting on a client by client basis to move 
to a working from home model allowing us to maintain testing 
through the crisis. This is resulting in some delays to certain 
projects and, where supported by government initiatives, some 
staff have been moved on to furlough arrangements until 
agreement can be reached with our clients.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

We estimate the video games market for localization testing to 
be valued at c.$150m, which is approximately 70% outsourced. 
Whilst this is a less fragmented market, with roughly 10 service 
providers, we are the leading player in this segment for which 
scale, breadth of languages, and the agility of a larger player is 
critical to customers. 

Beyond the potential near-term disruption described above, we 
would expect Localization Testing to benefit from a stronger 
second half for AAA game releases as a result of the anticipated 
new console launches from Microsoft and Sony, and also from our 
expanded operations in Katowice, Poland and Ottawa, Canada.

Player Support  
(11.1% of Group revenue for the year)
Our Player Support service line provides multi-lingual, cost 
effective and flexible customer care services including managing 
communities of gamers across all forms of social media, within 
the games themselves and on the official game forums.

2019 performance 

As previously stated, Player Support has been consolidating 
the extremely strong growth of 2018 when it grew more than 
threefold, by investing in management talent and expanded 
facilities as its revenue increased marginally to €36.1m (2018: 
€35.9m). Organic revenues, which are on a constant currency 
basis, were down by 4.7% on the very strong comparative.

During the year, the average number of service delivery people 
in Player Support was 1,343 (2018: 1,113). Manila has grown to 
be our single largest location for Player Support with our newer 
locations of Katowice and Mexico City showing promise.

COVID-19 update and mitigation measures

All of our Player Support teams around the world are now 
working from home as we have been able to agree to do so 
with our clients over the past few weeks. This service line is 
benefitting from increased video game playing since isolation 
measures have been in place, with a resulting increase in 
demand for its support.

The market opportunity and medium term outlook

Player Support operates in a large market, of which we estimate 
the value of video game support at c$1.2bn. Around 50% of this 
is currently outsourced and the market has been dominated by 
large, generalist customer support providers.

We continue to aim to differentiate ourselves from these large 
customer support providers through our specialist video games 
expertise, extending our services to cover more ‘touch points’ of 
gamer engagement, and developing our technological tools, in 
order to make further progress in this market.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information28

Our people, our culture

Our people –  
at the core of 
what we do

Our culture acts as the glue that binds all 
Keywordians around the world together – relaxed, 
professional and humble with a focus on doing 
the very best we can for our clients through each 
and every project they entrust us with.

At Keywords, we encourage our people to engage with each other not only 
across our studios but across our regions and global network. Through 
knowledge sharing and open plan offices, we encourage our colleagues 
to be the very best at what they do. At the heart of our culture are our 
operating principles, the “Keywords Rule of 9”.

Keywords Rule of 9

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

 Communication – We communicate openly and in a timely fashion.  
We do not hide things from colleagues or clients and we avoid  
office politics.

 Project Focus – We focus on projects, delivering the best we can for 
the benefit of each and every product we touch.

 Client Centricity – We act as an extension of the client’s organisation, 
moulding our processes and procedures to fit their requirements 
whilst sharing our knowledge of best practices.

 Empowerment – We empower our people to perform to the best of 
their ability by providing them with the resources and environment  
to do their jobs and the tools to track and measure their performance.

 Passion for Games – We are passionate about games and are proud 
of our role in helping to deploy them and we play an active role in the 
wider industry.

 Client Intimacy – We love our clients (all of them) and want the best 
for them at all times.

 Positivity – We have a “can do” attitude and rise to the challenge of 
solving our clients’ problems.

 Flexibility – We recognise the importance of flexibility and actively 
embrace it despite the obvious challenges. Flexibility is why we exist 
at all. Without it, clients would perform the tasks we do, themselves.

9. 

 Learning & Growing – We learn at every opportunity and grow 
ourselves through experience, training and tackling new challenges.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
29

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information30

Our people, our culture 
continued

Our people
At Keywords, an average of 7,424 full 
time equivalent employees make up 
our international, highly diverse and 
multicultural team and we are well 
balanced across our three regions; 3,322 
in North and South America, 1,733 in 
Europe and 2,369 in Asia. The number 
and diversity of people and skills in our 
workforce allows us to be well placed to 
deploy these skills across the industry  
to meet all of our customers’ needs.

We are constantly striving to provide 
great working environments for all our 
colleagues around the world. This can be 
seen in the central locations of our studios. 
Rather than seek out low cost locations 
and facilities, we feel the benefits of being 
able to attract the best talent in the most 
scalable manner outweigh any savings 
from lower costs of occupation.

Our continued growth and reputation 
for consistently delivering good quality 
service, on highly agile engagements, to 
demanding deadlines, is testament to 
the Keywords culture, and the skills and 
commitment of our talented and games-
passionate employees and collaborators.

We are proud of the passion, commitment 
and professionalism of this invaluable 
resource of over 7,400 Keywordians 
which means there is a contribution from 
Keywords to most of the world's leading 
games – we would like to thank everyone 
involved for their valuable contribution  
to the continued success of the Group.

Our people, with their drive and talent, 
make Keywords the global service 
provider that it is today, and it is essential 
for us that we continue to support our 
unique and diverse culture, which includes 
welcoming new faces and ensuring they 
feel just as supported and welcomed as 
their more established colleagues.

Joining the Keywords family
We are a highly acquisitive business 
and have some very strict criteria for 
our acquisition targets, by far the most 
important being cultural fit. Typically, if we 
think that there is a cultural misalignment 
then we won’t even open the dialogue 
with the company. Once we set our sights 
on an acquisition there is a process 
that we follow during the due diligence 
phase and after closing the acquisition 
to ensure the seamless integration of 
the new studio and most importantly 
the new colleagues to ensure that, 
from day one, they feel like part of the 
Keywords family, while, at the same time, 
appreciating the history and richness that 
the new company brings. A mark of our 
integration success is that over half our 
senior executive team joined us through 
acquired companies.

Supporting our communities
Together with our studios across 21 
countries, we place the support of 
our local communities, including our 
employees, at the heart of what we 
do. Throughout 2019, Keywordians 
have raised funds of over €29,000 and 
supported various community and 
employee needs:

•  Studios took part in the Extra 

Life Gaming Marathon – raising 
awareness and funds for Children’s 
Miracle Network Hospitals in Canada.

• 

In support of Montreal Children’s 
Hospital, we sponsored a booth at 
the Montreal 2019 Comic Con, 
featuring a gaming competition in 
exchange for a small donation to 
the hospital.

up to 
€100,000

per year to match funds raised 
for community outreach and 
charitable initiatives so that we 
can continue to support our  
local communities.

Electric Square raised money for 
a local charity (Pedal People) by 
taking part in the ‘Mud Monster’ 
cross-country race.

Keywords 
employees in 
Manila organise a 
‘blood drive’ as part 
of World Blood Donor 
Day 2019.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report31

€100,000 

per year pledged to match  
funds raised 

€29,000 

raised for  
charity in 2019

59

studios in 21 
countries

•  Throughout the year, employees  

•  Studios in Japan supported Second 

Harvest, an organisation dedicated to 
helping welfare agencies. We placed 
non-perishable food collection boxes 
across the studios to help support 
this cause through donations.

In the UK, studios recently organised 
a Wellbeing Week for their teams. 
During the week, awareness around 
various aspects of health and welfare, 
including activities related to social, 
physical, emotional, financial, health 
and nutrition were promoted and 
conversations on these topics were 
encouraged. As part of this, external 
speakers delivered presentations, 
educational workshops were made 
available, and there were motivational 
talks too.

In 2020, we want to do more to support 
good causes across the communities 
that we are a part of. With this in mind, 
Keywords has pledged up to €100,000 per 
year to match funds raised for community 
outreach and charitable initiatives so 
that we can continue to support our local 
communities.

in Montreal donated games and  
books to the Welcome Hall Mission, 
allowing those less fortunate to enjoy 
these items.

•  Our Montreal studio purchased 1,000 
poppies from the Royal Canadian 
Legion so that employees could 
proudly wear these poppies and  
show their support for veterans  
on Remembrance Day.

• 

• 

In India, we partnered with Feeding 
India, a non-profit organisation 
that works to eradicate hunger, 
malnutrition and food wastage in 
the country. Together, we organised 
a memorable day for 250 children 
from the Eklavya Trust, an NGO that 
provides education and welfare for 
the under-privileged in Gurgaon,  
New Delhi. The children were served 
lunch and enjoyed gifts and goodie 
bags throughout.

•  Also in India, Keywordians took part 
in the Be a Super Hero – Save a Life! 
campaign with Datri, a non-profit 
organisation working towards saving 
lives by encouraging people to 
become stem cell donors. More than 
250 employees attended the session 
and 50 enrolled for stem cell donation, 
becoming active partners of this life-
saving initiative.

Keywords Studios staff take part in the 
Montreal Pride Festival celebrations.

Sustainable studios
Sustainability is a core focus for 
Keywords; as it is for all of our studios 
across in all our territories. In 2019, we 
piloted a programme for one of our 
studios to become Carbon Balanced, with 
great success. Electric Square, a studio 
based in Brighton in the UK , achieved an 
official Carbon Balanced certification for 
2019 after it offset its footprint through 
a local, Brighton based organisation, 
C-Level. Working with C-Level and its 
holistic approach, the studio supported 
projects that aim to bring businesses and 
forest people together on climate change. 
In working together with C-Level, Electric 
Square supported two projects to balance 
its carbon footprint:

•  Plan Vivo’s Communitree project in 

Nicaragua – one of the world’s leading 
community reforestation projects and; 

•  The Hadza hunter gatherers in 

Tanzania – a project that won the UN’s 
Equator Award in 2019. 

Following this successful pilot, 
Keywordians at Electric Square now plan 
to work towards becoming ‘Certified B’, a 
certificate that celebrates a company for 
leading the way in building a sustainable 
and inclusive economy that works for 
everyone. B Corporations are classified 
as innovative, inspiring and changing 
the world.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information32

Our people, our culture 
continued

In parallel with Electric Square’s work, we 
are delighted to announce that Keywords 
Studios Spain completed its first year as a 
green energy only organisation last year; 
a huge milestone for our team in Europe. 

In Montreal, we formed a Green Committee 
for Keywordians to research the best 
practices for energy usage, cutlery 
options, and training and policy additions 
to make our studios more sustainable. 
As part of this, the Committee is looking 
at how best to recycle our surplus and 
redundant IT equipment in Canada and 
the United States. 

In India, Lakshya celebrated its 15th 
anniversary by holding a tree planting 
drive. Employees chose and paid for more 
than 500 plants, with a focus on saplings, 
which were in turn planted in the local 
area. All the proceeds from this “Go Green 
Initiative” were donated to a charity that 
feeds the disadvantaged in the region.

Our studio in Florida, GameSim, is also 
focused on being more environmentally 
conscious. The studio provides its people 
with compostable and eco-friendly plates 
and utensils, as well as glass coffee mugs 
for easy re-use. They keep the lights 
turned off on one side of the office as a 
way to conserve energy as well as to offer 
varied lighting options for employees 
who prefer the dim light. When hardware 
becomes non-operational, they ensure it 
is recycled and when furniture is no longer 
needed, it is donated to Goodwill or 
The Salvation Army.

Celebrating cultures

In Japan, employees across several 
studios placed a strong emphasis on 
recycling and the environment. To 
encourage this, descriptive posters 
were hung on the walls and containers 
were provided throughout the studio to 
make it easier to separate garbage from 
biodegradable material. On top of this, air 
conditioning has not been used wastefully 
and the lights have been turned off 
at night. To save on paper waste, the 
studios reuse the backs of un-needed 
printed paper. Studios have also teamed 
up to launch an environmental quiz for 
all Keywordians, testing their knowledge 
and offering insights on how to improve 
practices. The first 100 employees to 
score well in the quiz earned a reusable 
shopping bag. 

Following these successful pilots 
and initiatives, we will look for other 
opportunities to help balance our 
emissions in 2020 and make Keywords  
a sustainable business. 

Encouraging excellence
At Keywords, we encourage excellence in 
every aspect of what our Keywordians do. 
Every year, Lakshya Studios organises 
the Lakshya Art Challenge, a competition 
that encourages and develops game art 
talent within our business through 3D 
digital game and art and thus competition. 
For the first time, the entire Keywords 
Art service line was invited to take part, 
making the 2019 challenge bigger than 

ever before. Other studios that took 
part included Mindwalk and Red Hot CG. 
Congratulations must go to everyone  
that took part but especially to Wei Sheng, 
winner of the Character prize and Li Daiwei, 
this year’s winner of the Props Award.

Working with our customers
We are fortunate to be able to count 23 of 
the top 25 global games developers and 
all of the top 10 mobile games publishers 
by revenue as our customers. These 
companies expect the highest level of 
service and our diverse capabilities allow 
us to satisfy our customers’ needs every 
time. Increasingly, these customers prefer 
to outsource multiple services to one 
service provider, and this is where we are 
uniquely positioned to meet expectations.

We offer our clients flexible, scalable 
solutions that match their overall 
requirements. Through our Embedded 
Services team, we partner with our clients 
to provide in-house solutions managed by 
Keywords. 

With content being produced across the 
21 countries we operate in, Keywords 
is often tasked with the role of content 
moderation. Not all our regions want the 
same content and, as such, it is our people 
who tailor these different requirements 
across regions so that content is culturally 
appropriate for the end customer.

70+

international holidays observed, including 
National Day, Diwali, International 
Women's Day, Chinese New Year, 
Revolution Day, Independence Day,  
Day of National Unity and many more

Honouring the 
backgrounds  
of our teams 
located across  
21 countries and 
4 continents

50+

studios  
supporting 
diversity and  
inclusion

Supporting worthy causes

Ten studios 
supporting social 
welfare programmes, 
assisting with 
homelessness, 
poverty, hunger 
and other difficult 
circumstances

9

studios supporting 
local schools and 
education needs

8

studios helping 
sick and injured 
kids

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report33

Supporting communities

Keywordians 
volunteered 
countless hours 
in an effort 
to help our 
neighbours

Uniting and 
inspiring, 
making 
communities 
stronger

Ensuring player 
safety and wellbeing, 
our Player Support 
Agents and 
Community 
Managers have 
reported hundreds 
of online threats

Raised funds 
for various 
community 
needs

Some of the team at 
Electric Square in Brighton 
pictured playing retro 
Nintendo 64 games.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information34

KPIs

Financial KPIs

We monitor our financial performance against a number of different 
benchmarks and these are set in agreement with the Board.

Revenue growth

Organic Revenue growth

Gross margin

Adjusted operating costs  
(pre IFRS 16) as a % of revenue

30.2%

15.5%

36.8%

21.7%

30.2%

15.5%

2019

2018

65.6%

2019

2018

10.1%

2019

2018

36.8%

38.2%

2019

2018

21.7%

20.7%

Reasons for choice

Quantifies the growth in 
revenue from our operations 
on a reported basis.

How we calculate

Increase year on year in 
reported revenue. 

Due to the number of 
acquisitions the Group makes 
and because it integrates 
them quickly, this provides the 
most meaningful measure of 
underlying revenue growth.

The Board believes this to  
be a consistent measure of 
trading performance.

The Board monitors  
overheads to ensure the 
operating costs of the Group 
are in line with the level of 
business being generated.

Calculated by adjusting 
the prior year revenues 
comparison, by adding 
pre-acquisition revenues for 
the corresponding period of 
ownership, as presented in 
the current year results, and 
applying consistent foreign 
exchange rates in both years.

Revenues from services 
supplied to customers less 
cost of sales, as a percentage 
of revenue.

Administration expenses, 
before non-operating costs 
including share option costs, 
costs of acquisitions and 
integration, amortisation, 
depreciation, and including 
bank charges, as a percentage 
of revenues.

Objectives

The Group aims for continued 
revenue growth and 
development. 

The Group aims to achieve 
like for like growth materially 
ahead of market growth.

The Group aims for  
gross margins in line  
with historic norms.

The Group will continue to 
seek to control these costs 
closely and in line with the level 
of business being generated.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report35

Adjusted EBITDA margin 
(pre IFRS 16)

Adjusted operating  
profit margin

15.2%

13.2%

Adjusted cash 
conversion rate

79.0%

Growth in adjusted EPS

7.2%

2019

2018

15.2%

13.2%

17.4%

2019

2018

15.5%

2019

2018

79.0%

81.9%

7.2%
2019

2018

45.9%

Provides an indication of  
how we are performing  
both internally and relative  
to our peers.

The Board believes this to be a 
consistent measure of trading 
performance, aligned with the 
interests of our shareholders.

Measures operating cash 
generation and our capacity  
to pay dividends, service  
debt and fund acquisitions.

Comprises Operating profit 
adjusted for amortisation 
of intangible assets, share 
option expense and costs of 
acquisition and integration,  
as a percentage of revenues.

Adjusted free cash flow before 
tax as a percentage of the 
adjusted profit before tax.  
The calculation is described  
in more detail on pages 139, 
142 and 143.

Comprises of EBITDA 
(Operating profit, adjusted 
for amortisation of intangible 
assets, depreciation, while 
deducting the share of profit 
from associates and bank 
charges) adjusted for share 
option expense, costs of 
acquisition and integration  
and non-controlling interest, 
as a percentage of revenues.

Reports the underlying profit 
growth generated on a per 
share basis, demonstrating 
the value being created for 
shareholders. Also links to 
the Group’s dividend policy 
and gives an indication of our 
ability to pay dividends from 
underlying profit.

The Adjusted profit after 
tax comprises the Adjusted 
profit before tax, less the Tax 
expense as reported on the 
Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, further 
adjusted for the tax arising on 
the bridging items to Adjusted 
profit before tax.

The Adjusted earnings per 
share comprises the Adjusted 
profit after tax over the non-
diluted weighted average 
number of shares as reported 
in note 8.

The Group aims to increase 
margins through operational 
efficiencies.

The Group aims for margins  
in line with historic norms.

Cash generation and  
working capital management 
will remain a key focus.

The Group aims for continued 
growth in Adjusted earnings 
per share.

Reasons for choice

How we calculate

Objectives

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information36

Financial and operating review

Strong organic 
growth and 
investment in  
the platform 

Group performance
2019 has seen the Group deliver another year 
of significant increases in revenue driven by 
strong organic growth supplemented by targeted 
acquisitions which have further extended the  
Group’s service offering, market penetration and 
geographic reach. 

Revenue
Revenue for 2019 increased by 30.2% to €326.5m 
(2018: €250.8m). This was driven by strong Organic 
Revenue growth of 15.5% with particularly good 
performances in Game Development and Functional 
Testing which delivered organic growth of 36.4% and 
37.0% respectively and represented an acceleration 
of the strong growth experienced in the first half of 
the year. The organic growth was supplemented by 
the full year impact of the acquisitions made in 2018 
and 8 targeted acquisitions in 2019 to further build 
our platform as the ‘go to’ service provider to the 
video games industry. 

Gross margin
Gross profit for the year was €120.2m (2018: €95.8m) 
representing an increase of 25.5%. The gross profit 
margin declined by 1.4 percentage points to 36.8% 
(2018: 38.2%) reflecting the investments made to 
support the growth in the business, including the 
costs associated with the rapid recruitment and 
increase in staff training in the Functional Testing 
service line. This combined with the dilutive impact  
of an underperforming fixed price contract which  
was completed at the end of 2019 and is therefore 
not expected to impact as we move into 2020. We 
have also continued to invest in a number of early 
stage technology businesses which are not yet 
generating revenue and have therefore negatively 
impacted on margins in the year. 

Operating costs
Adjusted operating costs exclude depreciation, 
amortisation, share option expenses and one-time 
costs related to acquisitions. For 2019, adjusted 
operating costs increased by 20.4% to €62.6m 
compared with €52.0m for 2018. On a pre IFRS 
16 basis, adjusted operating costs were €70.7m, 
representing 21.7% of revenue, an increase  
of 1.0%pts compared to 2018 and above our  

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report37

medium-term target of ~20%. This was driven by investments 
during the year to expand our facilities to accommodate 
the strong growth as well as in our operational capability 
with strengthened management, support functions and 
infrastructure to support the Group’s ongoing growth. 

EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA, which adjusts for the items noted above, 
increased 31.7% to €57.6m compared with €43.7m for 2018. Of 
the increase, €8.1m relates to the adoption of IFRS 16. Excluding 
the impact of IFRS 16, adjusted EBITDA increased 13.2% to 
€49.5m compared with €43.7m for 2018 resulting in a decline 
in Adjusted EBITDA margin (pre IFRS 16) of 2.2%pts to 15.2% 
(2018: 17.4%) reflecting the reduction in gross margin and the 
investments noted above. 

Net finance costs
Net finance costs increased to €4.2m compared to €0.5m in 
2018. €1.7m relates to net foreign exchange loss recorded within 
financing cost which is described in more detail below (2018: 
€0.8m gain) and €0.7m of the increase represents the additional 
interest recognised as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16. 
Underlying interest costs (excluding IFRS 16 interest, deferred 
consideration discount unwind and foreign exchange) increased 
by €0.4m to €0.9m (2018: €0.5m) reflecting an increase in net 
debt of €17.5m to €17.9m at the end of 2019 (2018: €0.4m).

Alternative performance measures
The group reports certain Alternative performance measures 
(APMs) to present the financial performance of the business 
which are not GAAP measures as defined by IFRS. Management 
believes these measures provide valuable additional information 
for the users of the financial information to understand the 
underlying trading performance of the business. In particular, 
adjusted profit measures are used to provide the users of the 
accounts a clear understanding of the underlying profitability of 
the business over time. A breakdown of the adjusting factors is 
provided in the table below: 

Share option expense 

Costs of acquisition and integration

Amortisation of intangible assets

Foreign exchange and other items 

Years ended 31 December

2019 
€m

 9.8

 4.3

 7.3

 2.1

 23.5

2018 
€m

 4.1

 5.3

 6.9

(0.5)

 15.8

2m options were granted under the Share Option scheme and 
Long Term Incentive Plan in 2019. This, together with grants 
from previous years, has resulted in a non-cash share option 
expense of €9.8m in 2019 (2018: €4.1m). The increase is largely 
due to an increase in the fair value charge (see note 17 on pages 
108 to 110) for the shares granted in May and September 2019 
compared to previous years. The increase is largely due to 
an increase in the fair value charge (see note 17 on pages 108 
to 110) for the shares granted in May and September 2019 
compared to previous years. 

One-off costs associated with the acquisition and integration of 
businesses of €4.3m were incurred in the period (2018: €5.3m). 
This relates to both the integration costs of acquisitions made  
in the prior year and the acquisition and integration costs of the 
8 acquisitions made in 2019.

Amortisation of intangible assets amounting to €7.3m was 
broadly in line with 2018 (2018: €6.9m). Foreign exchange and 
other items amounted to a net charge of €2.1m (2018: net gain 
of €0.5m).

Keywords does not hedge foreign currency profit and loss 
translation exposures. The effect on the Group’s results of 
movements in exchange rates and the foreign exchange gains 
and losses incurred during the year mainly relate to the effect 
of translating net current assets held in foreign currencies. 
This resulted in a net foreign exchange loss of €1.7m in 2019, 
recorded within financing cost (2018: €0.8m gain).

A more detailed explanation of the measures used together 
with a reconciliation to the corresponding GAAP measures is 
provided in the APMs on pages 135 to 143.

Profit before taxation 
Profit before tax for the year was €17.4m (2018: €22.1m). 
Adjusted Profit Before Tax, which adds back acquisition and 
integration expenses, share option charges, foreign currency 
exchange movements and amortisation of intangibles (as noted 
above) increased by 7.9% to €40.9m compared with €37.9m in 
2018 representing a reduction in net margin of 2.6%pts to 12.5% 
(2018 15.1%).

Taxation
The tax charge in the period was €7.5m including a one off €0.5m 
tax charge relating to a legacy pre acquisition tax issue (2018: 
€7.2m). This represents a reduction in the Adjusted Effective  
Tax Rate to 22.4% of Adjusted Profit Before Tax (2018: 22.8%, 
as re-stated to reflect the tax impact of the bridging items to 
Adjusted profit before tax).

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
38

Financial and operating review 
continued

Tax governance
The Group takes a balanced approach to the management of its 
tax affairs and has a tax policy which is approved by the Board. 
Our overall strategy is to meet our tax obligations and ensure 
that long term shareholder returns are responsibly optimised 
by structuring our business and transactions in a tax efficient 
manner, taking into account reputational factors. Tax risks are 
regularly reviewed by the Board and the Audit Committee. The 
Group’s approach in relation to the management of tax issues is 
to ensure that: 

•  We comply with all applicable laws, disclosure requirements 
and regulations in the territories in which we do business; 

•  All tax positions adopted are adequately and fairly disclosed 

in tax filings; 

•  We have an open and transparent working relationship with 

relevant tax authorities around the world; 

•  Where disputes arise with tax authorities, we seek to reach 
a resolution as soon as possible in an open and constructive 
manner; 

•  Where considered appropriate, the Group takes advice from 

professional firms; 

•  Tax risks are appropriately managed in accordance with the 

tax policy; and 

•  Our tax planning is aligned with the Group’s commercial 

and business activities and the tax treatment of business 
transactions is optimised.

Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share were down 34.2% to 15.23c (2018: 
23.16c) reflecting the reduction in the statutory profit after tax 
and a 1.2% increase in the weighted number of shares in issue. 
The denominator used for these calculations includes the shares 
which will be issued for the outstanding deferred consideration 
for acquisitions (see note 16 on pages 106 to 108). 

Adjusted earnings per share which adjusts for certain 
items, including acquisition and integration expenses, share 
option charges, foreign currency exchange gains/losses and 
amortisation of intangibles was 48.78c an increase of 7.2% over 
the prior year (2018: 45.50c). Adjusted for the impact of IFRS 
16, adjusted earnings per share was 49.44c representing an 
increase of 8.7%. 

Acquisitions
During the year the Group acquired 8 businesses generating 
annualised revenues in the year of acquisition of €13.2m. Total 
potential consideration amounted to €19.6m of which €4.0m will 
be satisfied through the issue of shares. Cash spend on these 
acquisitions amounted to €13.1m (net of cash acquired). As 
at the end of 2019 there was €6m of deferred and contingent 
consideration payable in 2020 in respect of completed 
acquisitions.

Going forward we will continue to execute our targeted and 
disciplined approach to M&A to build out our global services 
platform to enhance further our position as the ‘go to’ provider 
for development services to the video games industry. 

IFRS 16 - Leases
The new leasing standard, IFRS 16, has been effective from 
1 January 2019 and has been adopted from that date with no 
restatement of prior year comparatives required. This has 
resulted in a number of leases (largely property leases) that 
were previously accounted for as operating leases (expensed 
as incurred) now being capitalised as Right of Use (ROU) Assets 
within fixed assets and depreciated over the lease term with 
a corresponding lease liability and interest charge. The new 
standard has not had a material impact on either Adjusted profit 
before tax or the underlying net cash flows of the business, but 
it has changed the presentation of the profit and loss account, 
the cash flow statement and the balance sheet as follows: 

•  On transition, fixed assets increased by €23.1m;

•  The operating lease charge of €8.1m has been replaced with 
depreciation on the ROU assets of €7.8m and an interest 
charge on the corresponding lease liability of €0.7m;

• 

In 2019 this has increased EBITDA by €8.1m and resulted  
in a reduction in Adjusted profit before tax of €0.4m. 

Cash flow and net debt 
The Group generated Adjusted EBITDA of €49.5m in 2019, an 
increase of €5.8m from €43.7m in 2018. This was offset by an 
increase of €5.5m in the amounts due in respect of multi-media 
tax credits (MMTC) and Video Games Tax Relief (VGTR). MMTC’s 
that are earned in the year of production, and are collected a 
year in arrears. The increase is therefore a timing difference 
driven primarily by the growth in revenue in the Functional 
Testing business in Canada and the Game Development 
business in the UK, where the credits are earned. This was 
partially offset by an improvement in Working capital and other 
items of €3.2m.

Investment in PPE amounted to €13.1m (2018: €9.4m) reflecting 
the growth in the business, the expansion of facilities in 
Montreal, Katowice, Manila, Brighton, Tokyo, São Paulo and 
New Delhi and continued investment in the IT systems and 
infrastructure to support the Group platform. 

Interest payments were €1.4m in the year (2018: €0.5m), which 
reflected the increase in net debt and the fees associated with 
the refinancing of the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility. Tax 
payments amounted to €13.3m and included €2.5m in respect of 
the settlement of a prior tax balance of which €2m was accrued 
at the end of 2018. 

This resulted in Free Cash Flow of €13.7m, a reduction of €6.9m 
on the prior year. Adjusted Cash conversion rate (which adjusts 
for capital expenditure that is supporting growth in future 
periods) was 79% (2018: 82%). 

Cash spent on acquisitions totalled €27.8m including €14.7m of 
deferred consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions. In 
addition, acquisition and integration costs amounted to €3.8m 
and dividend payments amounted to €1.2m resulting in an 
underlying increase in net debt of €18.3m (2018: €11.5m). This, 
together with foreign exchange and other items, resulted in a 
closing net debt of €17.9m (2018: €0.4m).

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report39

2019 
€m

49.5

(5.9)

(1.7)

(13.1)

(0.4)

28.4

(1.4)

27.0

(13.3)

13.7

(27.8)

(3.8)

(1.2)

0.8

(18.3)

0.8

(17.5)

(0.4)

 (17.9)

Change 
€m

5.8

(5.5)

3.2

(3.7)

1.2

1.0

(0.9)

0.1

(7.0)

(6.9)

(1.1)

0.7

(0.1)

0.6

(6.8)

0.8

(6.0)

2018 
€m

43.7

(0.4)

(4.9)

(9.4)

 (1.6)

27.4

(0.5)

26.9

(6.3)

20.6

(26.7)

(4.5)

(1.1)

0.2

(11.5)

–

(11.5)

11.1

 (0.4)

Cashflow statement

Adjusted EBITDA pre IFRS 16* 

MMTC and VGTR

Working capital and other items 

Capex – property, plant and equipment (PPE)

Capex – intangible assets

Operating cash flows

Interest paid

Free cash flow before tax

Tax

Free cash flow

M&A – acquisition spend

M&A – acquisition and integration costs

Dividends paid

Shares issue for cash

Underlying increase in net debt

FX and other items

Increase in net debt

Opening net cash / (debt) 

Closing net cash / (debt)

*  Alternative performance measures (for full definitions and explanations, please see pages 135 to 143).

Balance sheet and liquidity
The Group funds itself primarily through cash generation and a 
syndicated revolving credit facility (RCF). In October 2019, the 
Group successfully agreed a new RCF provided by Barclays Bank 
plc, Citibank N.A., HSBC and Silicon Valley Bank, for an initial 
€100m, with an Accordion option to increase this up to €140m. 
The RCF matures in October 2022 with an option to extend it for 
up to a further 2 years. 

The Group has a resilient operating model and the ability to 
flex the cost base to meet the potential disruption introduced 
as a result COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in the Localization, 
Testing and Audio service lines which have a higher proportion 
of variable costs to the other service lines. Given the current 
environment, the Group has taken steps to preserve cash 
by increasing the focus on costs, eliminating discretionary 
expenditure and delaying certain capital projects. 

The Keywords Group had €59.5m drawn under the RCF at year-
end 2019. The majority of Group borrowings are subject to two 
financial covenants that are calculated in accordance with the 
facility agreement:

Dividend
Despite the Group’s resilient financial position and the modest 
size of the dividend, the Board believes it would be inappropriate 
to recommend a final dividend in the current circumstances.

•  Leverage: Maximum Total Net Borrowings to Adjusted 

EBITDA ratio of 3 times; and

• 

Interest cover: Minimum Adjusted Operating Profit to Net 
Finance Costs ratio of 4 times.

The Group exited 2019 with a strong balance sheet, with net 
debt (excluding IFRS 16 leases) of €17.9m as at 31 December 
2019 representing a net debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 0.4x. 
The Group has good liquidity with cash and undrawn committed 
facilities of around €82m at the end of December 2019. In addition, 
as a precautionary measure we are in the final stages of agreeing 
the exercise of the accordion feature under the RCF which would 
provide a further €30m of committed facilities.

Jon Hauck
Chief Financial Officer

16 April 2020

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information40

Responsible Business report

Dear shareholders
Keywords is committed to conducting our business responsibly, 
operating to the highest standards of honesty, integrity and 
ethical conduct. Driven by this, we take seriously our wider 
corporate responsibility, the role the business plays in society 
and our impact on the environment. 

Our Remuneration Committee is also considering the best 
ways to incorporate our Responsible Business approach into 
its remuneration structure as we develop these measurable 
commitments. We plan to set actions against these 
commitments, develop additional KPIs and set short/medium 
term targets.

In 2019, we made a concerted effort to deliver on these 
responsibilities. As a first step, we have worked with an 
independent third party to carry out a materiality assessment 
on a range of ESG areas with our senior team. The process 
included a materiality workshop, as part of our strategy week, 
providing the Board and senior executives with the opportunity 
to identify and debate matters of material importance to them 
based on business impact. Some of the issues commonly 
identified included customer retention, successful integration, 
cyber security and data, culture, service delivery, employee 
engagement and employee retention. Other issues were 
debated such as health and safety, bribery and corruption 
and climate change, recognising their importance to our 
stakeholders. This approach has resulted in a first stage internal 
materiality matrix for Keywords to build on in 2020, as part of 
our plan to engage with our key stakeholders – shareholders, 
employees, customers, suppliers and community participants – 
gaining their views and learning what they expect from us.

To fulfil this aim and as part of our commitment to being a 
responsible business, the Board has appointed Jon Hauck, 
Chief Financial Officer, to oversee this area. This will ensure 
that our business strategy, set out by our Board and senior 
management, will become aligned with the Responsible 
Business goals and expectations of our key stakeholders. 

I would like to thank all of our 7,400+ Keywordians, across all 
21 countries for upholding the highest standards through the 
“Keywords Rule of 9” as we engage and grow with our work 
colleagues, our customers and our communities. I am delighted 
to see so many Keywordians giving of their time and energies 
in support of the numerous initiatives so many of us feel 
strongly about, be they focused on our work environments, 
our wellbeing, gaming industry, not for profit programmes, 
educational initiatives or community outreach. We recognise that 
we can always do more and thus will continually seek to improve 
on our commitments to our environmental and social agenda.

Continuing to create the right culture is core to Keywords' future 
sustainability. At the heart of our culture are our operating 
principles, the “Keywords Rule of 9”. I encourage all Keywordians 
to embrace these principles as we do the very best we can for 
our customers and those with whom we interact.

Andrew Day
Group Chief Executive Officer

16 April 2020

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report41

Keywords’ approach to responsible business is framed by a continuous 
drive to conduct our business with the highest standards of honesty, 
integrity and ethical conduct.

Health, safety and wellbeing
Keywords is committed to providing a 
safe and healthy workplace for all of 
our employees. We fully comply with 
national legislation on Health and Safety 
requirements and provide information, 
education and training. For wellness, we 
provide access to Employee Assistance 
Programmes in our larger locations and 
other locations arrange programmes 
locally, ranging from yoga classes to 
healthy eating to stress management. 
We welcome employee input into 
programmes and share initiatives  
across the organisation as we seek to 
meet the changing needs of our people.

Diversity and inclusion
Human talent is our most valuable 
resource and as a business we thrive 
on diversity, celebrate uniqueness and 
work as teams whether we are physically 
together in one of our 50+ studios around 
the world or working together virtually. 
We continually monitor ourselves in line 
with our policies to ensure we provide 
a working environment that treats 
people with dignity and respect, is 
free from discrimination and promotes 
fairness and equal opportunities. We 
recognise that the video games industry 
traditionally attracts more male than 
female employees, and at the end of 
December 2019, the Group was composed 
of approximately 25% women and 75% 
men. This distribution is mainly due to the 
higher proportion of males in many parts 
of game development. Keywords’ Board 
of Directors includes one woman out of 
seven Directors, i.e. 14%. 

Ethics
The Group is committed to the highest 
levels of integrity and accountability and 
the prevention of bribery and corruption. 
We have also engaged with an external 
compliance software vendor to help 
with the rollout, training and awareness 
of our anti-bribery and corruption 
policy, in addition to other policies and 
eLearning activities. In 2018, we adopted 
a whistleblowing policy that has been 
rolled out globally. This policy allows 
employees wherever they are to raise 
any concerns about possible financial or 
other irregularities confidentially. During 
2019, 3 whistleblowing disclosures were 
reported, with all of these investigated 
and satisfactorily resolved. 

Human rights
The Board has adopted a Modern 
Slavery Policy since 2017 and our annual 
Modern Slavery statement is published 
on the Company website. We operate to 
international standards and principles 
including the International Bill of Human 
Rights, the UN’s Guiding Principles 
on Business and Human Rights, the 
International Labour Organization’s 
Declaration on Fundamental Principles 
and Rights at Work and the Children’s 
Rights and Business Principles. The 
Group continues to make reasonable 
endeavours to ensure all employees 
and agents within our supply chains 
are not subject to any form of forced, 
compulsory/bonded labour or human 
trafficking through our Modern Slavery 
Policy and the accompanying Supplier 
Code of Conduct.

In 2020, we started the process to 
develop a materiality matrix and build 
on our plan to engage with our key 
stakeholders; the results of which 
will form the basis of our responsible 
business goals to be reported next year. 
By embedding these goals in our business 
strategy, we believe Keywords can build 
a more robust and sustainable model 
for all our stakeholders (shareholders, 
employees, customers, suppliers and 
community participants).

People and development
We value our people; we trust them 
and work to support their passion to 
provide the best service for each project 
and each customer. However, there is 
always more that can be done to invest 
in our people and we continue to focus 
on making improvements with training, 
benefit schemes and career planning. 
Across Keywords, we provide training and 
development programmes appropriate 
to the service line. Examples of this in 
the Art Creation service line include our 
Lakshya Academy in India that teaches 
classically trained artists to work on 
video games, while in Localization we 
are developing a Master’s programme 
in partnership with a university in Milan. 
Our Localization and Localization Testing 
service lines continue to spearhead the 
‘level up’ development programme that 
provides a path from tester to project 
manager and above. 

Customers
We are fortunate to be able to count 
most of the top global games developers 
as our clients. These companies expect 
the highest levels of service and 
confidentiality. At the heart of our culture 
is our commitment to quality, reliability 
and integrating with our customers' 
processes that combined promotes 
long-term relationships.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information42

Responsible Business report 
continued

Employee engagement
Our annual engagement survey took 
place in November with around 4,200 
of our employees responding, a 54% 
response rate. In addition to the 
insights into how our people feel about 
working at Keywords, we sought input 
on improvements and feedback on 
community matters that are important to 
employees. The survey highlighted three 
areas of strength (Keywords provide 
the tools and resources needed for 
employees to be productive, high sense 
of teamwork and pride within the teams, 
and Line Managers are engaged with 
their team and give regular feedback) 
and three areas for improvement in 2020 
(more opportunities to give back to the 
community, career development and 
growth within Keywords, and increased 
recognition for performance). As 
changes are implemented and progress 

demonstrated, we would expect to 
improve our response rates. We have 
set up focus groups for 2020 which will 
look at both messages and next steps 
from the survey, as well as initiatives to 
increase engagement. 

Communities
In 2020, we want to do more to support 
good causes across the communities 
that we are a part of. With this in mind, 
Keywords has set aside a central fund of 
€100,000. This can be applied to match 
funds raised for community outreach and 
charitable initiatives by our local teams 
around the world. In this one way, we 
hope to encourage even more support for 
our local communities. Some of the many 
proud examples of our community efforts 
in 2019 include activities in Canada, India, 
UK and Japan, with more detail set out on 
pages 30 and 31.

Environment
Keywords is committed to minimising its 
impact on the environment. As a business, 
we are responding to the demands of 
our people to build a sustainable model 
which today impacts the environment 
mainly through our studio configuration 
and business travel. We accept that in a 
global organisation our people need to 
travel but we will try to limit this through 
the use of collaborative tools such as 
video conferencing wherever possible and 
when we do fly our policy is for everybody 
to travel in economy/coach class. Most 
of our studios have local initiatives to 
recycle and limit the use of plastics. In 
2019, we supported two programmes that 
focused on carbon balance and green 
energy (more detail set out on pages 31 
and 32. In 2020, Keywords is committed 
to reviewing its global operations, with 
a focus on identifying, assessing and 
measuring our energy and greenhouse 
gas emissions. We are also committed to 
a group-wide wide environmental policy 
that will align our business strategy to 
measurable environmental goals.

Non-financial information statement

Reporting requirement 

Environmental matters

Social and employee matters

Respect for human rights

Anti-bribery and corruption

Business model

Description of principal risks  
and impact of business activity

Non-financial key performance 
indicators

Policies and standards  
which govern our approach

•  Environmental statement

•  Business travel policy

•  Recruitment policy 

•  Employee handbook

•  Diversity and equal opportunity

•  Grievance policy 

•  Employee assistance 

programme

•  Health and safety policy

•  Data protection

•  Supplier Code of Conduct

•  Modern Slavery Policy

•  Anti-bribery and  
corruption policy

•  Whistleblowing 

Page reference

Page 40  Responsible Business

Page 22  Our strategy
Page 28  Our people, our culture
Page 40  Responsible Business

Page 40  Responsible Business

Page 40  Responsible Business
Page 54  Audit Committee

Page 18   Business model

Page 40  Responsible Business
Page 45   Principal risks and uncertainties

Page 22  Our strategy
Page 40  Responsible Business

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportBoard engagement with our stakeholders

43

We believe that proactively engaging with and acting on the needs of our 
key stakeholders is critical to a culture and strategy that achieves long-term 
sustainable success.

Section 172(1) statement
The Directors have acted in a way that they consider, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its members as a whole, in line with 
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 

This section of the Strategic Report describes how the Directors 
continue to have regard for: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequences of any decision in the long term; 

the interests of the company’s employees; 

the need to foster the company’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others; 

the impact of the company’s operations on the community 
and the environment; 

the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business conduct; and

• 

the need to act fairly as between members of the company. 

The Directors are fully aware of these duties and 
responsibilities, and have set out below how they are fulfilling 
those duties in respect of each of their key stakeholders. In line 
with our Responsible Business report (more detail on pages 
40 to 42), the Board identifies the Group’s key stakeholders as 
shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers and community 
participants, and it is committed to effective engagement with 
these stakeholders.

Shareholders
Our Annual General Meeting (AGM) is an important part of 
effective shareholder communication, with all shareholders 
having the opportunity to hear from the Company and ask 
questions. The Board welcomes the opportunity to engage with 
our shareholders, typically providing a brief update presentation 
at each AGM and with all Directors available to answer 
questions. It would, however, welcome greater participation 
from shareholders and, as some are unable to physically attend 
the AGM, the Company is looking at other ways to broaden 
the participation of all shareholders. The Company also 
intends to increase the audience of the Capital Markets Day by 
broadcasting these events to selected stakeholders in order to 
encourage greater engagement.

Throughout the year the CEO and CFO meet with shareholders, 
with the Board receiving regular updates from both the CEO 
and CFO on these engagements. Additionally, both the Senior 
Independent Director and the Chairman have met and will 
continue to meet, with institutional shareholders to discuss 
updates on the Group including strategy, remuneration and 
other key issues that are vital to these stakeholders in the 
future. An example would be the emerging importance to some 
stakeholders of ESG. 

Employees
The Board receives regular updates in relation to employees, 
in addition to the results from the Group’s global employee 
survey (further details on page 42). During 2019, the Board 
engaged with the Group’s employees through a number of 
Board visits to key locations. The Group holds a series of  
annual strategy days and, as the Board is in attendance, it is 
able to get both formal and informal instant feedback from 
the Senior Management team.

Customers
During the year, the Board receives updates from senior 
management on key customer issues via the business reviews. 
The CEO and selected members of the Board also meet existing 
and potential clients at the key video games events (e.g. E3, GDC, 
Gamescom, Tokyo Games Show) to seek their input and gauge 
their current and future requirements. The CEO independently 
also regularly meets with the top echelon of key customers to 
strengthen relationships. 

Suppliers 
The Board recognises the important role that our suppliers 
play in helping us deliver our services, as this group comprises 
individual contractors in addition to a range of support service 
suppliers. In respect of our broader base of suppliers, the Board 
has developed a Supplier Code of Conduct, complemented by the 
adoption of a Modern Slavery Policy since 2017. 

Community participants
The Board recognises the need to increase our community 
engagement and to support the good causes that we are part 
of. With this in mind, Keywords has pledged up to €100,000 
per year to match funds raised for community outreach and 
charitable initiatives so that we can continue to support our  
local communities (further details on pages 30 and 31).

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information44

Board engagement with our stakeholders 
continued

Decision making 
We set out below the Group’s remuneration policy and two 
examples, CEO pay ratio and Executive Director shareholding 
guidelines, of how the Directors have had regard to the matters 
set out in section 172(1)(a)-(f) when discharging their duties 
under section 172 and the effect of that on certain decisions 
taken by them.

Remuneration policy
The Group’s Remuneration Committee, on behalf of the Board,  
is responsible for the determination and implementation of  
the Directors’ remuneration policy, applicable to Executive  
and Non-Executive Directors. 

The Remuneration Committee Chair and other members of the 
Remuneration Committee engaged with a number of our large 
shareholders and institutional shareholder bodies during 2018 
and 2019 in relation to the review of the Directors’ remuneration 
policy. Engagement with shareholders directly or through 
selective ‘Remuneration Policy Issues’ seminars plus regular 
dialogue and input from our advisers, Mercer Kepler, continued 
during 2019 in respect of the implementation and operation of 
the policy.

The Board believes regular dialogue with our shareholders 
is critical to ensure our remuneration policy aligns with their 
expectations wherever possible, and we found this engagement 
meaningful and useful in achieving that aim. It was clear from the 
dialogue with shareholders that there was a considerable desire 
for companies to simplify remuneration structures and for the 
total remuneration outcome to be transparent and aligned to 
shareholder experience. 

The Chair also regularly meets with our primary regulators to 
understand their expectations, and to discuss our remuneration 
framework and practices and demonstrate how they promote 
sound and effective risk management.

CEO pay ratio 
Whilst not required under AIM disclosure regulations, both 
shareholder and other advisory bodies recommended that 
companies do disclose on an annual basis the CEO pay ratio in a 
form that is both transparent and understandable. In addition, 
it was considered important to ensure that the CEO pay ratio 
was in fact well within Keywords Studios accepted guidelines 
compared to all employees of the Group. A decision was taken 
by the Remuneration Committee and ratified by Keywords’ 
Board to include such disclosure in the 2019 Annual Report. More 
detail on the Keywords’ CEO pay ratio can be found on page 67.

Executive Director shareholding guidelines 
Also not required under AIM disclosure regulations is a guideline 
for shareholdings by the Keywords’ Executive Directors. After 
consultation with shareholders and advisers, it was decided by 
the Remuneration Committee to introduce such a policy in 2020 
and this was ratified by Keywords’ Board. This is detailed in the 
Remuneration Section of this report on page 60. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

45

The principal risks to which the Group is exposed are set out below, together with 
details of their potential impact; the likelihood of occurrence (on a scale of 1 to 3, with 
1 being the most likely); an indication of whether the trend in the risk exposure is 
increasing, decreasing or broadly unchanged; and the actions taken to mitigate the risk.

The principal risks associated with the Group's strategy are divided into:
•  Those specific to the Keywords Group and its strategy;
•  Industry-related risks; and
•  General business risks for any international company.

Group and strategy risks

Likelihood

Actions

Trend

 3

 3

 2

 3

Acquisitions and 
Integration risks

Failure to  
deliver services

Cross 
contamination 
risk

Client 
concentration 
risk

Keywords has an active acquisition agenda to support its strategy of becoming the ‘go to’ global 
provider of services to the video games industry. Managing such acquisitions successfully and 
embedding the Keywords culture is a crucial ingredient of success. Failure to do so could result in 
the business not achieving the expected financial and operational benefits and adversely impact 
growth, profitability and cash flow. Since IPO, the Company has involved a broader number 
of senior managers in the acquisition and integration process, building on the considerable 
experience that exists at Board and senior management level, thus providing further bandwidth 
to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions effectively.

Most of Keywords’ services are of a time-critical nature with delays or service delivery failures 
potentially impacting the development or launch plans for games. Timely delivery and the 
resourcing flexibility to enable delivery to tight deadlines has been an integral part of the 
Company’s modus operandi, and Keywords’ approach to project management is applied across 
the Group.

As the Group succeeds in delivering multiple services to the same customers, so the risk of 
failure in one service line contaminating the relationship with the customer across the other 
service lines increases. Whilst the introduction of co-development adds to this risk in some 
respects, it also helps to mitigate it. Adhering to Keywords’ strong standards of delivery and 
efficient communication across service lines is key to managing this risk.

The Company’s client base principally comprises global game companies whose revenues are in 
the billions and hundreds of millions of dollars. Our top five customers account for 28.1% (2018: 
25.6%) of the Company’s revenues. These companies have exacting standards and demand 
a high quality of service. Any failure in this regard or breakdown in the relationships at the 
top level could cause considerable damage to the business. The potential impact is partially 
mitigated through the Company’s highly flexible resource base and its expansion continues to 
reduce its exposure to any single large client, with no single customer accounting for more than 
6.2% of revenues.

Links to Strategic Pillars:

Trend:

Building our 
platform

Selective 
acquisitions

Organic growth 
and cross selling

No change

Increase

Decrease

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
46

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Group and strategy risks continued

Likelihood

Actions

Trend

 2

 3

 2

 2

Keywords floated on AIM in July 2013 with an expressed set of objectives of growing the 
business organically and by acquisition. Should the Company lose the confidence of investors, 
this will affect its ability to raise money for or place shares to pay for acquisitions. The Company 
makes every effort to communicate regularly with investors via announcements and face-to-
face contact. This effective communication of the continued opportunities for growth in the 
sector, how the Group continues to execute on its stated strategy and successfully integrate the 
businesses it acquires, should continue to maintain the confidence of its investors. In addition, 
having extended the size and term of our revolving credit facility, the Group has a good mix of 
equity and debt funding which gives it the flexibility and headroom to invest in the business.

Keywords has grown rapidly and it is important that global financial controls are in place 
to ensure smooth, timely and accurate reporting of financial results to satisfy our external 
reporting obligations as well as the Board. Failure to accurately report or forecast financial 
results through error or fraud would damage the Group’s reputation. Therefore, the Group has 
invested and continues to invest in its financial reporting function to facilitate strong reporting 
and management control as it grows. In 2019, the Group appointed  
a new Head of Internal Audit to further drive improvements.

Keywords' management structure has been fundamental to the Group’s success, enabled 
by embedding a Group culture that binds the teams together, with a common purpose and 
set of standards. We constantly work to develop and incentivise our people and to support 
their passion to perform the best service for each project and client, with regular staff 
surveys undertaken too. In addition, special emphasis is placed on workplace harmony and 
the prevention of any forms of discrimination, harassment, or malpractice in the workplace, 
recognising that any sense of dissatisfaction can be very disruptive. 

As a separate dimension, failure to attract, retain or develop high quality entrepreneurial 
management across the business could impact on the attainment of strategic objectives. The 
Group is focused on these areas with the implementation of globally managed service lines, 
management development and remuneration programmes, incorporating long and short-term 
incentives. But with an ever increasing workforce this becomes more demanding.

A material failure to comply with applicable legal and ethical standards could result in penalties, 
costs, reputational harm and damage to relationships with suppliers and customers. The Group 
promotes a culture of “Doing the right thing” in all activities. Business conduct guidelines are in 
place and are supported by more detailed policies and procedures where needed.

Financial 
performance 
– failure to meet 
expectations

Inadequate 
financial and 
operational 
controls

Failure to 
manage human 
resources /  
talent 
effectively 

Non-compliance 
with legal and 
ethical 
standards

Links to Strategic Pillars:

Trend:

Building our 
platform

Selective 
acquisitions

Organic growth 
and cross selling

No change

Increase

Decrease

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
47

Industry-related risks

Likelihood

Actions

Trend

 2

 2

 3

Breaches to 
Technology and 
information 
security

Regulation on  
video games

Tax credits risk

General business risks

The Company uses various third party and proprietary tools and technologies for process control 
and productivity purposes. Continued investment in these tools is important to ensure the 
Group’s effectiveness. New technologies for automated testing, machine translation and crowd 
sourcing could pose a threat to the Group in the long-term. The Company participates directly with 
customers in various pilot programmes for new technologies to keep abreast of the state of the 
art. This is further underpinned through the formation of Keywords Ventures which is focused 
on new, emerging technologies that may impact the Group in the future. The industry requires 
the highest standards of security within a company offering services such as Keywords. Cyber 
security breaches may lead to piracy, disruption of customers’ marketing plans, loss of competitive 
edge and could result in compensation claims. Keywords maintains physical and data security 
policies and procedures which are regularly audited by its larger customers.

Changes in regulation on video games, such as those seen in the Chinese market which imposed 
curfews on minors, could result in the delay or cancellation of video games by our customers. 
In relation to the Chinese market, Keywords has limited revenue exposure to games destined 
solely for the Chinese market. In addition, any potential impact is partially mitigated through the 
Company’s diverse revenue base (no single client larger than 6.2% (2018: 5.7%)).

The Company receives multimedia tax credits (MMTC) in Canada and video games tax relief (VGTR) 
in the UK relating to qualifying costs in those markets. These tax credit regimes are designed to 
promote growth and investment in the relevant regions. Any reduction or cancellation of these 
tax credits would increase the cost base of the business and make the business less competitive. 
The Group works closely with regulators and governments in relation to these tax credits and has 
been given no indication that these tax credits will be removed in the medium term. The Group also 
retains the ability to move to other operating centres if material changes were made. 

Likelihood

Actions

Trend

 1

 3

 2

Sudden 
business 
interruption

Global political 
risk and 
uncertainty

Currency risk

Keywords is a global business and needs to minimise business interruptions and be able to 
continue servicing customers. This threat could be internal such as a major failure in its IT systems 
but also external such as the Group experienced and managed during the 2011 Tokyo earthquake 
and tsunami or currently with COVID-19 (see below). The Group’s multiple, full-service, delivery 
hubs provide for a good level of contingency and, supported by business continuity plans, the 
effects of such disasters can be managed.

Since the year end the Group’s operations have been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic.  This has resulted in restrictions being put in place requiring most of the Group’s studios 
to be temporarily closed.  The Group has been able to move over 5,500 employees to work from 
home arrangements and whilst this has resulted in some short term disruption it has allowed 
production to continue across most of the Group’s operations.  In consultation with clients, the Group 
continues to make preparations to move more of the production staff to this model, particularly 
in the Testing business (Functional and Localization Testing) with the aim of establishing a new 
model of testing from home, where testing had previously been conducted from secure facilities. 

It is very difficult to predict how long the studio closures will be in place for, but demand for the 
Group’s services remain robust, the broader video games industry has historically shown resilience 
in times of economic downturn and the Group has the ability to flex its cost base in response to 
a reduction in trading activity.  Further details on how the Group is responding to the challenge 
faced by COVID-19 is provided in the Chief Executive’s review section on pages 14 and 15 and in the 
Service line review of pages 24 to 27.

We operate and own assets in a large number of geographic regions and countries, and, as a result, 
we are exposed to a wide range of political, economic, regulatory, social and tax environments. 
Policies or laws in the countries in which we do business may change in a manner that may be 
adverse for us, even those with stable political environments. However the diversification and 
spread of activities geographically mitigates the risk of disruption in any one location.

Brexit 

The UK accounts for 15.9% of Group revenue, with 380 employees of the Group's 7,424 based in the 
UK. The Board has assessed the risk of Brexit on Keywords and concluded that for now, this does 
not constitute a significant risk.

The Group transacts in multiple currencies, given our customers are located globally. Keywords is 
therefore exposed to short-term currency risks, in addition to longer-term risk that could develop 
between our functional currency (Euro) and our multiple billing currencies. The Group’s largest 
exposure is to the US Dollar followed by the Canadian Dollar and Sterling. The Group does not 
hedge its currency risk because Keyword’s main movements in exchange related gains or losses 
relate to the effect of translating net current assets held in foreign currencies.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
48

Board of Directors

Ross Graham (72)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman 

Andrew Day (56)
Group Chief Executive Officer 

Jon Hauck (47)
Chief Financial Officer 

David Reeves (73)
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

A   N   R   D

N   D

D

A   N   R   D

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

7 years 

11 years 

6 months 

7 years 

Relevant skills and experience:
Jon has a wealth of finance, 
change management and M&A 
experience, having held the role 
of Group Financial Controller and 
Treasurer at Rentokil Initial plc 
since 2015. He joined Rentokil 
Initial in 2008 and prior to taking 
up his current position, held 
several roles including Programme 
Director in North America 
where he was responsible for 
leading a substantial integration 
programme. He subsequently 
became Chief Financial Officer  
of the North America operations. 
Prior to Rentokil Initial, he worked 
in PriceWaterhouseCoopers’ 
Assurance practice. Jon is a Fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and Wales.

Relevant skills and experience:
Andrew has a background in 
technology, manufacturing 
and business services through 
corporate development and 
general management roles within 
both publicly quoted and private 
companies. Andrew started 
his career in 1983 at Rothmans 
International PLC in production 
management. From 1986 to 1993 
he had responsibility for corporate 
development activities at Britannia 
Security Group PLC, TIP Europe 
PLC and Brent International PLC 
before holding the position of 
Divisional Managing Director at 
Brent International PLC for six 
years. Andrew was Chief Executive 
Officer of interactive retail software 
developer, Unipower Solutions and 
Head of Retail and CPG for EMEA, 
a NYSE-listed advanced analytics 
business, FICO, before joining 
Keywords as its Chief Executive 
Officer in April 2009.

Relevant skills and experience:
Ross has extensive Executive 
and Non-Executive experience 
in the technology sector. From 
being a partner in Arthur Young 
from 1981 to 1987, he joined Misys 
plc, a global software business 
as Finance Director upon its 
flotation, latterly becoming 
Corporate Development Director; 
throughout he played a key role in 
developing and implementing the 
very successful Misys acquisition 
strategy. Since retiring from Misys, 
Ross has held a number of Non-
Executive directorships including 
those at Psion PLC from 2005 until 
2012 (when it was successfully 
sold to Motorola Solutions Inc.), 
at Wolfson Microelectronics PLC 
from 2004 to 2013 (prior to its sale 
to Cirrus Logic Inc.), and several 
others. His experience in these 
companies has included being 
Senior Independent Director, 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. Ross was appointed 
Director and Chairman of 
Keywords shortly prior to its 
flotation in July 2013. With his 
wealth of experience and chairing 
skills, Ross creates the necessary 
environment for dynamic Board 
discussion. He has helped elevate 
the governance processes without 
destroying the entrepreneurial 
essence of Keywords.

Relevant skills and experience:
David has over 30 years' global 
experience in management roles 
within multinational companies. He 
began his career with ICI in the UK 
and then moved to RJ Reynolds 
Nabisco where he worked from 
1979 to 1991, becoming the 
worldwide Marketing Director in 
the USA in 1989. In 1991, David 
served as the General Manager 
and Vice President of Marketing 
in Tokyo for Mitsubishi Shoji JV 
Technology Company before 
moving into the computer game 
industry, opening and setting 
up the PlayStation Company 
in Germany, Switzerland and 
Austria. He was appointed 
Executive Vice President in 1999 
and President and CEO of Sony 
Computer Entertainment (Europe) 
in 2003 where he remained 
until 2009. David now runs his 
own Management Consultancy 
practice as well as being on the 
Board of three major Charities in 
the UK. He brings to Keywords 
a global knowledge of growing 
multinational companies, 
experience of the video game 
industry, Corporate Governance 
and an understanding of working 
with companies to develop 
global strategies in Europe, Asia, 
North America and LATAM. He 
was appointed to the Board of 
Keywords Studios on 29 May 2013.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
49

Giorgio Guastalla (51)
Non-Executive Director 

Georges Fornay (63)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director 

Charlotta Ginman (54)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

A

A   N   R   D

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

Length of service with the 
Group (as at 16 April 2020):

21 years 

3 years 

3 years 

Relevant skills and experience:
A Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales, Charlotta is Chair of  
the Audit Committee. She is a  
Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Audit Committee of Polar 
Capital Technology Trust PLC and 
Pacific Asset Trust PLC. She is 
also a Non-Executive Director of 
Unicorn AIM VCT PLC. Charlotta 
has held senior positions in 
the investment banking and 
technology / telecom sectors.  
She was appointed a Director  
of Keywords in September 2017.

Relevant skills and experience:
Giorgio Guastalla is co-founder of 
Keywords. Prior to establishing 
Keywords in Ireland in 1998, Giorgio 
held various positions in marketing 
and IT at Brent International PLC 
based in the US, Spain, the UK and 
France. In 2002 Giorgio founded 
Italicatessen Limited, a company 
operating in the food sector. 
Giorgio was CEO of Keywords 
until 2009 before concentrating 
on his other business interests 
and moving to a Non-Executive 
Director role at Keywords 
Studios. With over twenty years’ 
experience in the industry, Giorgio 
brings a wealth of understanding 
and knowledge to Keywords.

Relevant skills and experience:
Georges has over 30 years’ 
experience in the technology and 
video games sectors and currently 
sits on the Board of France’s 
second largest independent games 
publisher, Focus Home Interactive, 
which is listed on the Alternext. 
Georges worked in senior 
management at Sony Computer 
Entertainment from 1995 to 2011, 
including as CEO of the French and 
Swiss divisions and culminating 
as the Senior Vice President 
from 2004 to 2011. During this 
time he oversaw the launch of 
the PlayStation Portable and 
PlayStation 3. Prior to this, Georges 
spent nine years at Commodore, 
the last five years of which were 
as CEO of Commodore France PC 
Manufacturing and Distribution. 
Georges has also held significant 
industry-wide roles including 
four years as President of SELL, 
France’s Union of Entertainment 
Software Publishers, where he 
was responsible for representing 
and advocating the industry’s and 
its 31 members’ interests to the 
French Government. Georges was 
appointed a Director of Keywords 
in September 2017.

Committee Membership

A

Audit Committee

  Nomination Committee
N

R

D

Remuneration Committee

Disclosure Committee

  None

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Chairman's introduction

The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance

Dear shareholders
As Chairman of the Board of Directors of Keywords Group plc 
(Keywords, or the Company/Group as the context requires), I am 
pleased to introduce the Group’s corporate governance report. 
The corporate governance statement provides an insight into 
how the Board operated during the year and the key issues 
considered. The Board is committed to the highest standards of 
corporate governance. Our approach to governance is set by the 
Board and our Executive Directors ensure that the approach is 
effectively implemented across the business. Effective and robust 
governance remains central to the ongoing success of the Group.

It is my responsibility to ensure that the Group has both sound 
corporate governance and an effective Board. As Chairman of 
the Company, my responsibilities include leading the Board 
effectively, overseeing the Group’s corporate governance  
model, communicating with shareholders and ensuring that 
good information flows freely between the Executive and  
Non-Executive Directors in a timely manner.

The Directors of the Company recognise the value of good 
corporate governance in every part of its business. The Company 
has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (QCA Code), which we believe is the most appropriate for a 
company with the size and stage of development as Keywords.

The Board provides annual updates on our compliance with the 
QCA Code. During the year, the following changes were made to 
the Group’s key corporate governance arrangements:

•  Appointment of Jon Hauck as CFO in October 2019; and

•  Appointment of Aisling Hanley as Head of Internal Audit  

in August 2019.

The Board considers that the Group complies with the QCA 
Code in all applicable respects. An explanatory statement of 
how we have applied the QCA Code guidance, and disclosures 
of any areas of non-compliance, can be found on our website 
at: www.keywordsstudios.com. The Board understands that 
the application of the QCA Code supports the Group’s medium 
to long-term success whilst simultaneously managing risks 
and provides an underlying framework of commitment and 
transparent communications with stakeholders. 

The main Group-wide governance documents are our Core 
Values and the Code of Conduct, which set out the values and 
standards that we expect of our employees. These documents, 
together with our policies, govern how we conduct our business 
and set the standards that drive performance. Compliance 
training helps to enforce this. Board oversight, reviews and 
audits form part of the monitoring and supervision process.

Risk processes are embedded and reviewed on an ongoing basis 
across the business. The important governance developments 
at Keywords over the last year are outlined below.

My ambitions for the composition of the Board are to maintain, 
and where applicable, broaden the range of expertise, 
experience and diversity. The Board continues to ensure that 
effective succession plans are in place.

Given the COVID-19 restrictions, it is no longer possible to hold 
the AGM in the way that the Board had planned and therefore 
regrettably we cannot allow shareholders to attend in person 
and the Company’s Articles of Association do not currently 
permit hybrid or virtual meetings.  The meeting will instead be 
convened at the offices of Keywords Studios, 39 Earlham Street, 
London, WC2H 9LT, United Kingdom on 27 May 2020, with the 
minimum necessary quorum of two shareholders (Chairman and 
CEO) present in order to conduct the business of the meeting. 
The Board of Directors strongly encourages shareholders to 
vote by proxy in lieu of attending in person.  A video link of a 
presentation by the CEO of the Company will be made available 
for shareholders to view on the day of the Annual General 
Meeting on the Company’s website at: www.keywordsstudios.
com and the Board will look at opportunities to meet with 
shareholders later in the year where possible and only if and 
when it is deemed safe to do so.

Ross K Graham
Chairman

16 April 2020

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportCorporate governance

51

Strategy
A description of the Company’s strategy, business model and 
supporting strategic pillars, along with key strengths can be 
found in the strategic report on pages 18 to 23.

Internal controls and risk management 
The Board recognises the need for an effective and well-defined 
risk management process and it oversees and regularly reviews 
the current risk management and internal control mechanisms. 
The Company’s principal risks, along with key challenges 
in the execution of the Company’s strategy and controls 
implemented to mitigate them, can be found in the strategic 
report on pages 45 to 47. 

The Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for 
the oversight of the Company’s risk management and internal 
controls and procedures, as well as determining the adequacy 
and efficiency of internal control and risk management 
systems. The Board continuously monitors and upgrades its 
internal control procedures and risk management mechanisms 
and conducts regular reviews, when it assesses both for 
effectiveness. This process enables the Board to determine 
whether the risk exposure has changed during the year and 
these disclosures are included in the Annual Report. In setting 
and implementing the Company’s strategies, the Board, having 
identified the risks, seeks to limit the extent of the Company’s 
exposure to them having regard to both its risk tolerance and 
risk appetite.

The Directors believe that the Group has internal control 
systems in place appropriate to the size and nature of the 
business. The key elements are: 

•  Group Board Meetings, at a minimum of eight times per year, 
with reports from and discussions with senior Executives  
on performance and key risk areas in the business; 

•  Monthly financial reporting, for the Group and for each 

service line, of actual performance compared to budget  
and the prior year; 

•  Visits to key locations;

•  Annual budget setting; 

•  Annual strategy conference with top management team; and 

•  A defined organisational structure with appropriate 

delegation of authority. 

The Board is now further supported with the oversight of its 
internal control systems and risk management through the 
appointment of a Head of Internal Audit in August 2019.

Further information on the Company’s approach to risk 
management and internal controls can be also found in the  
Audit Committee report on page 54. 

The Board
The Board, as a whole, is responsible for the overall 
management of the Group and for its strategic direction, 
including approval of the Group’s strategy, its annual business 
plans and budgets, the interim and full year financial statements 
and reports, any dividend proposals, the accounting policies, 
major capital projects, any investments or disposals, its 
succession plans and the monitoring of financial performance 
against budget and the formulation of the Group’s risk appetite 
including the identification, assessment and monitoring of 
Keywords’ principal risks. 

Director biographies and committee memberships are set out on 
pages 48 and 49.

The Board comprises Andrew Day CEO, Jon Hauck CFO, one 
non-independent Non-Executive Director, Giorgio Guastalla, and 
four independent Non-Executive Directors, Georges Fornay, 
Charlotta Ginman, Ross Graham and David Reeves. David Reeves 
is the Company’s Senior Independent Director (SID), and Ross 
Graham is the Company’s Chairman. Letters of appointment 
of all Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal business hours. The Executive 
Directors work full time for the Company. All the Non-Executive 
Directors are expected to dedicate at least 30 days per annum 
to the Company, rising to 40 days if they also chair a Committee, 
and the Chair is expected to dedicate 60 days per annum. The 
Company has adopted a policy whereby all members of the 
Board are subject to re-election at each AGM.

The Board is satisfied that it has a suitable balance between 
independence, on the one hand, and knowledge of the Company, 
on the other, and that no individual or group may dominate the 
Board’s decisions. The Non-Executive Directors have both a 
breadth and depth of skills and experience to fulfil their roles. 
The Company believes that the current balance of skills in the 
Board as a whole reflects a very broad range of personal,  
commercial and professional experience, and notes the range  
of financial and managerial skills. All Directors are encouraged  
to use their independent judgement and to challenge all matters,  
whether strategic or operational, enabling the Board to discharge 
its duties and responsibilities effectively.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information52

Corporate governance 
continued

The Board continued
The Board meets a minimum of eight times a year and a calendar 
of meetings and principal matters to be discussed are agreed at 
the beginning of each year. In order to be efficient, the Directors 
meet formally and informally both in person and by telephone. 
Board and Committee document authors are made aware of 
proposed monthly deadlines through the calendar of meetings 
assembled at the beginning of the year. Board papers are 
collated by the relevant personnel (Chair, Company Secretary, 
CFO, Committee Chair), compiled into a Board/Committee Pack, 
and circulated at least three working days before meetings, 
allowing time for full consideration and necessary clarifications 
before the meetings. The Board also utilises a fully-functioning 
Board Portal, which ensures the provision of timely and efficient 
distribution of Board and Committee papers as well as an 
effective means of communication for the Board.

Management supply the Board with appropriate and timely 
information and the Directors are free to seek any further 
information they consider necessary. 

Senior Independent Director 
David Reeves acts as the Senior Independent Director (SID)  
of the Company, serving as a sounding board for the Chairman 
and acting as an intermediary for the other Directors. The 
SID is also available to shareholders and other Non-Executive 
Directors to address any concerns or issues they feel have  
not been adequately dealt with through the usual channels  
of communication.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is chaired by Charlotta Ginman, and its 
other members are Ross Graham, David Reeves and Georges 
Fornay. The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the 
Board in fulfilling its financial and risk responsibilities. The Audit 
Committee oversees the financial reporting, risk management 
and internal control procedures of the Company. The Audit 
Committee also advises the Board on the appointment and 
removal of the external auditor and discusses the nature, 
scope and results of the audit with the auditors. The Audit 
Committee reviews the extent of non-audit services provided 
by the auditors and reviews with them their independence and 
objectivity. Further information on the Audit Committee can be 
found in the Audit Committee report on page 54.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by David Reeves, 
and its other members are Charlotta Ginman and Ross 
Graham. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for 
determining the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive 
Directors, the Company Secretary and senior Executives of 
Keywords. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for 
making recommendations to the Board of Directors’ and 
senior Executives’ remuneration. Non-Executive Directors’ 
remuneration and conditions are considered and agreed by 
the Board. Financial packages for Executive Directors are 
established by reference to those prevailing in the employment 
market for Executives of equivalent status both in terms of  
level of responsibility of the position and their achievement  
of recognised job qualifications and skills. The Committee will 
also have regard to the terms, which may be required to attract 
an equivalent experienced Executive to join the Board from 
another company. Further information on the Remuneration 
Committee can be found in the Remuneration Committee report 
on page 57 to 69.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Ross Graham. Charlotta 
Ginman, David Reeves and Andrew Day are the other members. 
Further information on the Nomination Committee, including 
its role and responsibilities, can be found in the Report of the 
Nomination Committee on page 70.

Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee is responsible for assisting in the 
design, implementation and evaluation of the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures. The Disclosure Committee 
is chaired by Andrew Day and its other members are Charlotta 
Ginman, David Reeves, Ross Graham and Jon Hauck. 

Terms of reference of all Keywords’ Committees are available to 
view on the Company’s website at: www.keywordsstudios.com

The table below sets out attendance statistics for each Director 
at scheduled Board, and where relevant, Committee meetings 
held during the financial year.

Director 

Ross Graham

Andrew Day

David Broderick*

Jon Hauck**

David Reeves

Giorgio Guastalla

Georges Fornay

Charlotta Ginman 

*  Resigned 14 October 2019.

**  Appointed 14 October 2019.

Board 
11 meetings held

Audit Committe 
5 meetings held

Remuneration 
Committee 
8 meetings held

Nomination 
Committee 
2 meetings held

Disclosure 
Committee 
2 meetings held

11

11

8

3

11

11

11

11

5

–

–

–

5

–

5

5

8

–

–

–

8

–

–

8

2

2

–

–

2

–

–

2

2

2

1

1

2

–

–

2

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report53

The Non-Executive Directors meet without the presence of the 
Executive Directors during the year, and also maintain ongoing 
communications with Executives between formal  
Board meetings.

Board and Committees performance evaluations 
Details of the Company’s Performance Evaluations for the year 
can be found in the Report of the Nomination Committee on 
page 70.

Culture
The Board recognises that its decisions regarding strategy 
and risk may impact the corporate culture of the Company 
as a whole and that this will impact the performance of the 
Company. The Board is also aware that the tone and culture 
set by the Board can have an impact on the Company as a 
whole and on the way that employees behave. The corporate 
governance arrangements that the Board has adopted are 
designed to ensure that the Company delivers long term value 
to its shareholders and that shareholders are able to express 
their views and expectations for the Company in a manner that 
encourages open dialogue with the Board.

A large part of the Company’s activities are centred upon an 
open and respectful dialogue with employees, customers and 
other stakeholders. Therefore, the importance of sound ethical 
values and behaviours is crucial to the ability of the Company to 
successfully achieve its corporate objectives. The Board places 
great importance on this aspect of corporate life and seeks 
to ensure that this flows through all that the Company does. 
The Directors consider that the Company has an open culture 
facilitating comprehensive dialogue and feedback, which enables 
positive and constructive challenge.

Further information on the Company’s culture can be found in 
the strategic report pages 28 to 33.

Meetings are open and constructive, with every Director 
participating fully. Senior management can also be invited to 
meetings, providing the Board with a thorough overview of  
the Company.

In addition to their general Board responsibilities, Non-Executive 
Directors are encouraged to be involved in specific workshops 
or meetings, in line with their individual areas of expertise. The 
Board is kept abreast of developments on governance and 
AIM regulations. ONE Advisory Limited, Keywords’ Company 
Secretary, provides updates on governance issues, and the 
Company’s Nominated Adviser (Nomad) provides annual Board 
AIM Rules refresher training as well as the initial training as part 
of a new Director’s on-boarding.

The Board shall review annually the appropriateness and 
opportunity for continuing professional development, whether 
formal or informal.

Advisors
The Board has regular contact with its advisors to ensure that 
it is aware of changes in corporate governance procedures and 
requirements and that the Group is, at all times, compliant with 
applicable rules and regulations. The Company has Director and 
Officers’ liability insurance cover in place throughout the year 
and it is intended for the policy to continue for the year ending 
31 December 2020 and subsequent years. Additionally, the 
Company provides an indemnity in respect of all the Company’s 
Directors or other officers of the Company against all costs, 
charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by them in 
the execution and discharge of their duties. The Company’s 
Nomad supports the Board’s development, specifically providing 
guidance on corporate governance and other regulatory 
matters, as required.

Liam O’Donoghue of ONE Advisory Limited is Keywords’ 
Company Secretary. ONE Advisory Limited is responsible 
for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that 
the Company complies with all applicable rules, regulations 
and obligations governing its operation, as well as helping 
the Chairman to maintain excellent standards of corporate 
governance. ONE Advisory Limited also provides Board support 
through assistance with shareholder meetings and Market 
Abuse Regulation (MAR) compliance. 

The Company has also enlisted the support of Mercer Kepler, 
who provides advice in relation to remuneration. Additional 
information can be found in the Remuneration report on  
pages 57 to 69.

All Directors may receive independent professional advice  
at Keywords’ expense, if necessary, for the performance of  
their duties. 

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information54

Audit Committee report

Introduction from the Chair
As Chair, I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report  
for the year ended 31 December 2019. This report details 
the work of the Committee over the past year, fulfilling our 
responsibilities to provide effective governance over the  
Group’s financial activities.

Last year I outlined our intention to introduce an Internal 
Audit function to the business and I am pleased to report that 
a Head of Internal Audit was recruited during the year and an 
Internal Audit Charter has been approved by the Committee 
together with the Internal Audit plan for 2020. As part of the 
establishment of the Internal Audit function, management  
has conducted an exercise to confirm the key financial controls 
that are expected to be in place across the business which 
will form the core basis of the Internal Audit testing process 
going forward. 

Audit Committee 
Composition and attendance in 2019

The Committee members, apart from myself, continue to 
be Ross Graham, David Reeves and Georges Fornay. The 
Audit Committee, as a whole, has competence relevant to the 
video games industry, both Ross Graham and I are Chartered 
Accountants and I also chair the Audit Committee for other 
public companies. More information about the Committee 
members can be found on pages 48 and 49. The Committee met 
five times during the financial year with all members  
in attendance.

Committee role and responsibilities

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its 
oversight and monitoring of the internal control environment 
and risk management of the Group and the Group’s financial 
reporting. The Audit Committee’s focus is to review and 
challenge these areas with both management and the  
external auditor, in particular the Audit Committee:

•  Monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting 
including key accounting policies and judgement areas 
(eg revenue recognition, goodwill impairment reviews and 
acquisition accounting), the use of Alternative performance 
measures and the going concern review;

•  Reviews the internal control and risk management 

framework including key operating risks, financial systems 
roll out, treasury, taxation and cyber risk, data protection 
and disaster recovery plans;

•  Monitors the Internal Audit function including the  

approval of the Internal Audit Charter and the annual 
Internal Audit plan; 

•  Establishes and oversees the engagement and review of 
performance of the external Auditor including monitoring  
its independence and reviewing audit and non-audit 
services; and

•  Reviews key policies such as whistleblowing, anti-tax evasion, 

anti-bribery / corruption and Modern Slavery Policies.

Terms of reference

The Committee has written Terms of Reference which clearly 
define the Committee’s responsibilities and duties. The Terms 
of Reference were reviewed by the Board during 2019 and 
are available to view on the website, www.keywordsstudios.
com. In addition to the Terms of Reference, the Committee 
has developed an annual agenda which corresponds with 
the meeting schedule, to ensure all key responsibilities are 
completed and managed.

Activities of the Audit Committee during the year
Internal Audit

The Committee has worked closely with management to 
establish an Internal Audit function with the recruitment of a 
Head of Internal Audit in the second half of 2019. The Head of 
Internal Audit reports into the Audit Committee Chair with a 
dotted reporting line into the Group CFO. The activities of the 
Internal Audit function are governed by an Internal Audit Charter 
that was signed off by the Audit Committee during the year. 

In December 2019, the Audit Committee approved the Internal 
Audit plan for 2020 which will focus on:

•  Roll-out of and adherence to Group policies;

•  Review of key processes in financial reporting and sales;

•  Review of the integration of a selection of acquisitions; and,

•  Review of key finance controls at significant studios.

This plan aims to address some of the internal and financial risks 
and uncertainties identified on pages 45 to 47 such as:

•  Acquisition risk – how new entities are integrated into the 

Keywords business;

•  Adequacy of and compliance with financial and operating 

controls to ensure smooth timely and accurate reporting; and

•  Compliance with legal and ethical standards to promote the 

culture of “Doing the right thing”.

Internal control and risk assurance framework

As part of the establishment of the Internal Audit function, 
management has conducted an exercise to confirm the set of 
key financial controls expected to be in place and operational in 
all of the businesses across the Group. This will be used as the 
framework for the Internal Audit testing in the future. As part of 
this exercise, each Regional Finance Director conducted a self-
assessment of the adherence to the key financial controls within 
their region. It was pleasing to see that this did not reveal any 
major control weaknesses but it did identify a number of areas 
where controls can be improved as well as opportunities to 
standardise and automate some of the finance processes across 
the business. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
55

The Audit Committee has continued to review and challenge 
the upgrades that have taken place during the year to the 
Company’s internal control and risk assurance framework to 
ensure that following its rapid expansion, the Company operates 
within a fit for purpose framework. The Committee is pleased 
to see continued progress made in the global automated 
financial systems roll-out, eventually allowing a fully integrated 
automated reporting system to operate seamlessly across the 
Group, replacing the current manual consolidation processes 
that are both labour intensive and potentially prone to human 
error. During 2019 the focus has been on North America, which  
is now all migrated to the new system, and recent acquisitions. 
The work on our cash pooling platform continues, providing  
us with better control of Group cash and the optimisation of  
cash management.

Annual Report and financial statements

The Board has asked the Committee to confirm that in its 
opinion the Annual Report as a whole can be taken as fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s financial 
position, performance, business model and strategy. In doing  
so the Committee has given consideration to:

•  The way the strategic reports (including the Chairman’s 
statement and reports of the CEO and CFO) present the 
Group – its business, financial and business model and the 
metrics management uses to measure performance;

•  Whether suitable accounting policies have been adopted and 

have challenged the robustness of significant management 
judgements and estimates reflected in the financial results;

The industry requires the highest standards of security within 
a company offering services such as Keywords. During 2019 the 
Committee received regular cyber security updates from the IT 
function to review both the physical and data security policies 
and procedures. 

•  The comprehensive control framework around the 

production of the Annual Report, including the verification 
processes in place to deal with the factual content;

•  The extensive levels of review that are undertaken in the 

production process, by both management and advisers; and

During the year the Audit Committee has continued its regular 
review of the Company’s main risks on behalf of the Board, 
ensuring key risks are top of mind and relevant, and mitigation 
plans are in place where possible. For 2019 the risk assessment 
framework was cascaded to the senior leadership team.

Going concern

The Audit Committee reviewed the Going Concern assessment 
including the downside sensitivities to the Group’s cash flow 
projections to evaluate the Group’s ability to withstand a 
prolonged period of studio closures as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, leading to a reduction in production capability.

Key accounting issues

During the year and as part of the year end procedures, the 
Committee considered the following key financial and internal 
control matters in relation to the Group’s financial statements 
and disclosures with input from both management and the 
external Auditor:

•  Revenue recognition

•  Functional reference currency

•  Business combinations

•  The valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

•  Financial instruments

•  Alternative performance measures and KPIs

•  Segmental reporting

•  Application and impact of new standard IFRS 16 (Leases)

•  Taxation

•  Going concern

For further detail on these, see notes 2 and 3 of the financial 
statements.

•  The Group’s internal control environment.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019. 
Throughout the year the Committee received updates from 
both management and the external Auditor on the planning and 
processes being put in place and the subsequent impact of the 
new reporting standard. More detail regarding this standard  
can be found in notes 2, 3 and 24 of the financial statements.

The Group uses certain APMs to present its results. These are 
non-GAAP measures but are designed to provide the users 
of the financial statements with a better understanding of the 
underlying trading performance of the business. An explanation 
of the APMs and a reconciliation to the nearest statutory 
equivalent measure is provided on pages 135 to 143. During the 
year management has reviewed the disclosure of APMs and has 
made a number of changes to make the reconciliations to the 
nearest GAAP measures more meaningful. 

As a result of the work performed, the Committee has concluded 
that the Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2019, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s performance, business model and strategy, and it 
has reported on these findings to the Board.

Whistleblowing

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed and re-approved 
the whistleblowing policy and accompanying process the 
Company has rolled out globally. The policy allows employees 
wherever they are to raise any concerns they may have about 
possible financial or other irregularities confidentially. During 
2019, 3 whistleblowing disclosures were reported, none of which 
related to financial matters, with all of these investigated and 
satisfactorily resolved.

The Group is committed to the highest levels of integrity and 
accountability and the prevention of bribery and corruption.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information56

Audit Committee report 
continued

External audit
Audit services

The Auditor is appointed by the shareholders to provide an 
opinion on financial statements prepared by the Directors.  
BDO, the Company’s current Auditor, was first appointed on 
29 May 2013. 

The scope of the current annual audit was agreed in advance 
with the Committee with a focus on areas of audit risk and 
the appropriate level of audit materiality. The Committee also 
had discussions with the auditor on fees, internal controls, 
accounting policies and areas of critical accounting estimates 
and judgements. The auditor attends all meetings of the Audit 
Committee and reported to the Audit Committee on the results 
of the audit work and highlighted any issue which the audit work 
had discovered, or the Committee had previously identified as 
significant or material in the context of the financial statements.

Independence and non-audit fees

A non-audit services policy was established in 2018, in line with 
the FRC ethical standards. Any non-audit services are required 
to be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. During the year 
BDO provided non-audit services to the Company of €12,000 
(2018: €23,000). 

During 2019, the policy regarding the recruitment of former 
external audit staff was reviewed and approved. In order to 
fulfil the Committee’s responsibility regarding independence of 
the Auditor, the Committee reviewed the senior staffing of the 
audit, the Auditor’s arrangements concerning any conflicts of 
interest, the extent of any non-audit services and the Auditor’s 
independence statement. The Committee was satisfied that 
the Auditor remains independent.

There were no adverse matters brought to the Audit 
Committee’s attention in respect of the 2019 audit, which 
were material or significant or which should be brought to 
shareholders’ attention.

Charlotta Ginman, FCA
Chair of the Audit Committee

16 April 2020

Effectiveness

The Audit Committee monitored and evaluated the effectiveness 
of the Auditor under the current terms of appointment 
based on an assessment of the Auditor’s performance, 
qualification, knowledge, expertise and resources. The Auditor’s 
effectiveness was also considered along with other factors such 
as audit planning and interpretations of accounting standards 
and separate discussions with Management (without the Auditor 
present) and with the Auditor (without Management present). 
The Chair of the Audit Committee also had discussions with the 
Audit partner outside the formal meetings throughout the year.

The Committee was satisfied that the audit was effective and 
that BDO continues to demonstrate the skills and experience 
needed to fulfil its duties effectively.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report

57

Dear Fellow shareholders
As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, it is my pleasure 
to present the Directors’ remuneration report for the period 
ended 31 December 2019.

Keywords Studios plc has chosen to apply the Corporate 
Governance Code for Small and Mid-size Quoted Companies 
published by the Quoted Companies Alliance. The Company is 
currently AIM quoted and the Board recognises the importance 
of shareholder transparency and standards of governance. 
Therefore, this report contains all the information required 
to be disclosed as an AIM quoted Company and also contains 
some additional information that would be applicable were the 
Company listed on the London Stock Exchange main market, 
and includes:

•  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy; and

•  Our Annual Report on remuneration, detailing Director 

remuneration in 2019 and that set for 2020.

We operate a simple Executive Director remuneration structure 
made up of base salary and pension, a bonus plan and a Long 
Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) which provides a clear link between 
pay and our key strategic priorities. We recognise that there 
is currently a general focus on companies where Executive 
pensions are not aligned with the rest of their workforce; 
the Committee would like to highlight that Keywords does 
not provide a significant pension above that of local legal 
requirements as detailed in our remuneration policy, and the 
pensions offered to Executive Directors is the same as that 
offered to the local workforce.

In October 2019, Jon Hauck joined the Board as Group Chief 
Financial Officer. His remuneration structure is consistent with 
our Remuneration Policy whereby his salary has been set below 
market median, and his bonus potential is in line with that of 
the CEO, Andrew Day. Jon was also granted a one-off award of 
LTIP shares to compensate for those awards he forfeited on his 
departure from his prior employment.

The Remuneration Committee intends to keep its approach 
to remuneration under regular review for continued 
appropriateness taking account of regulatory requirements 
and corporate governance best practices as applicable to 
the Company over time. To this end, it is relevant to note our 
decision to introduce a shareholding guideline from 2020 and 
to adopt the CEO pay ratio disclosure in this report. No other 
changes are intended in relation to the implementation of our 
Remuneration Policy in 2020.

It is my hope that you find this a clear and comprehensive report 
and I look forward to hearing the views of our investors on 
the information presented here over the coming months. We 
will carefully monitor emerging practice in this area as well as 
guidance from investor representative groups.

Dr David Reeves
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

16 April 2020

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
58

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration at a glance
The following is a summary of the key components of Keywords’ Executive Director remuneration, including changes and 
implementation in the financial year.

Element

Salary

Implementation in 2019

With effect from 1 March 2019:

•  Andrew Day, CEO: £240,000

Implementation in 2020

With effect from 1 March 2020:

•  Andrew Day, CEO: £244,800 (2% increase)

•  David Broderick, Former CFO: €168,695  

•  Jon Hauck, CFO: £204,000 (2% increase)

(until 14 October 2019) 

•  Jon Hauck, CFO: £200,000 

Pension

Executive Directors have access to pension schemes based 
on local legal requirements or where expected by local 
labour markets. Contributions (up to the salary cap of 
£50,000) meet the minimum requirements and amount to:

Andrew Day’s pension to align with the 
majority of UK staff with a contribution  
of 3% of salary with no salary cap

•  Andrew Day, CEO: 3% of salary (capped at £50K salary)

No change for Jon Hauck

•  David Broderick, Former CFO: 5% of salary

•  Jon Hauck, CFO: 5% of salary

Annual bonus Maximum opportunity of 30% of salary based on:

No change to opportunity or measures

•  Financial targets including turnover and profitability 

(weighted 80%)

•  Discretionary individual performance (weighted 20%)

Payouts for 2019 were £nil for Andrew Day (as bonus was 
waived) and £5,631 for Jon Hauck. As a leaver during 2019, 
David Broderick was not eligible to earn a bonus for 2019

50,000 and 25,000 LTIPs granted to Andrew Day and David 
Broderick respectively. Jon Hauck was granted a regular 
2019 award of 25,000 LTIPs on his appointment, and an 
additional 43,936 LTIPs in compensation for awards he 
forfeited on his departure from his previous employment

3-year performance period

Vesting based on Total Shareholder Return performance 
against FTSE Small Cap Index

Upon his departure, the 2019 LTIPs granted to David 
Broderick were forfeited

LTIP

Other

The Remuneration Committee intends to make 
LTIP awards in line with previous years to the 
CEO and CFO respectively

Introduced shareholding guidelines for 
Executive Directors at 100% of salary

Section 1: Directors’ remuneration policy
Policy and principles

The Remuneration Committee determines the Company’s policy on the structure of the remuneration for Executive Directors and the 
Senior Management Team (“SMT”) and is responsible for governing the remuneration policy for the broader employee population.

The objectives of this policy are to:

•  Reward Executive Directors and the SMT in a manner that ensures they are properly incentivised and motivated to perform  

in the best interests of shareholders.

•  Provide a level of remuneration required to attract and motivate high-calibre Executive Directors and SMT members.

•  Encourage value creation through consistent and transparent alignment of incentive arrangements with the agreed Company 

strategy over the long term.

•  Ensure the total remuneration packages awarded to Executive Directors and SMT members, comprising both performance-

related and non-performance-related remuneration, are designed to motivate the individual, align interests with shareholders  
and comply with corporate governance best practices.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report59

The Board and the Remuneration Committee believe the foregoing objectives are best achieved by a remuneration structure whereby:

•  Basic pay is set at a below-median level albeit sufficient for the challenges and pressures of the role;

•  Annual bonuses are set at modest levels with a maximum of 30% of salary on the premise that an annual bonus does not 

influence the behaviour or commitment of a senior Executive (this does not apply to sales Executives); and

•  Long-term incentives are the means by which Executives can earn significant rewards if, but only if, shareholders likewise have 

obtained a good return.

Remuneration components for Executive Directors and SMT (the ‘Executives’)

Various remuneration components are combined to ensure an appropriate and balanced remuneration package which reflects 
the size and complexity of the Group, the Executive’s experience, responsibility and position, as well as market practice. For this, 
the Remuneration Committee takes into account the performance of the individual, comparisons with peer companies and, where 
considered appropriate, reports from external independent consultants.

The remuneration package comprises the following elements:

•  Fixed remuneration (basic salary and, for some Executives, pension);

•  Performance-based remuneration (annual bonus and LTIP):

Purpose and link to Strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary

To attract and retain 
talented Executives  
to deliver the Group’s 
strategy, by ensuring  
base salaries and the 
implied total package  
are competitive in  
relevant talent markets, 
while not overpaying.

Pension and benefits

To provide an appropriate 
structure and level of 
post-retirement benefit  
for Executives in a 
cost-efficient manner  
that reflects local market 
norms in the relevant 
jurisdiction.

Base salaries are reviewed by 
the Committee annually, and 
benchmarked periodically 
against comparable roles at 
comparable companies of 
similar size and complexity.

Salaries are set on a case-by-
case basis to reflect the  
role, the experience and 
qualifications of the 
individual, and are targeted  
at below market median.

n/a

Base salary increases for the 
Executives take into account 
personal performance, Group 
performance, significant 
changes in responsibilities, 
the average increase awarded 
to the wider workforce, and 
competitive market practice.

n/a

At the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, the 
Executives may participate in 
a pension scheme facilitated 
by the Company.

The Company also provides 
access to Group Benefit 
schemes where appropriate 
by Region which may include 
moderate contribution 
towards private health  
insurance, death in service 
cover and other Group based 
benefits.

The Company provides 
access to pension schemes 
based on local legal 
requirements or where 
expected by local labour 
markets. Contributions meet 
the minimum requirements  
or are of a modest level.

Basic additional benefits  
may also be provided  
where available and where 
considered the norm for 
managerial positions in 
similar businesses.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information60

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

Remuneration components for Executive Directors and SMT (the ‘Executives’) continued

Purpose and link to Strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Annual bonus

To provide a modest  
award where individual 
and Company performance 
have been at or above 
expected levels.

Executives are eligible to 
participate in an annual 
bonus scheme.

Up to a maximum of 30% of 
salary (excluding sales plans 
where the maxima may vary).

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews targets and the 
weighting of performance 
measures each year. The 
Company also offers 
commission arrangements 
for Executives in sales roles.

LTIP awards are granted  
as a number of shares.

LTIP

To incentivise delivery 
against total shareholder 
return targets and align 
the interests of Executives 
and shareholders in 
growing the value of the 
Group over the long-term.

LTIP grants are made 
annually in the form of 
conditional awards of shares 
or nil-cost share options 
which vest subject to 
performance conditions 
measured over three years. 
Once vested, awards may  
be exercised for a period  
of up to 7 years from grant.

Malus provisions apply  
in certain circumstances.

The portion of bonus earned in 
any one year depends on the 
Remuneration Committee’s 
assessment of each individual’s 
performance and the overall 
performance of the Company 
against predetermined turnover 
and profitability targets for  
the year.

Performance targets are typically 
weighted 80% on the Company’s 
financial performance and 20% 
on personal performance 
(however, if the Company’s 
financial performance is 
considered to be unsatisfactory, 
the element based on personal 
performance is likely to be 
foregone or reduced).

Vesting of the LTIP is subject to 
continued employment during 
the performance period and the 
achievement of performance 
conditions based on Total 
Shareholder Return (“TSR”).

The Committee has the power 
of discretion to adjust the 
outcome in exceptional 
circumstances so that it is a  
fair reflection of the underlying 
performance of the Group. 
Further details, including the 
performance targets attached 
to the LTIP in respect of each 
year will be disclosed in the 
relevant implementation report 
on Remuneration (subject to 
these being considered not  
to be commercially sensitive).

Executive Director shareholding guidelines

With effect from February 2020, a new guideline was introduced which encourages Executive Directors to build and maintain over 
time a shareholding in the Company with a value equivalent to at least 100% of their base salary to be met through the retention 
of vested LTIP shares. Andrew Day has a significant shareholding and therefore has already met the guideline. Jon Hauck will be 
expected to build his shareholding in line with the guideline. Details of the Executive Directors’ current shareholdings are provided  
on page 68. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report61

Malus policy

For any awards granted since 2016, malus may be applied to LTIP awards in cases of fraud, dishonesty or deceit, gross misconduct 
or material financial misstatement in the audited financial results of the Group. The Remuneration Committee may determine that an 
award is cancelled in its entirety or be reduced to the extent they see fit.

Use of discretion

The Remuneration Committee may apply its discretion when agreeing remuneration outcomes, to help ensure that the 
implementation of our remuneration policy is consistent with underlying Company performance and is equitable to all parties.

Executive Director service contracts

In accordance with general market practice, each of the Executive Directors has a rolling service contract. The following table shows 
the date of the service contract for each Executive Director in post at the end of the year:

Executive Director

Position

Date of appointment

Date of service agreement

Notice period

Andrew Day

Jon Hauck

CEO

CFO

1 Apr 2009

14 Oct 2019

21 Jun 2013

30 Sep 2019

6 months

6 months

Remuneration for the wider workforce

The remuneration policy for other employees is based on principles consistent with those that are applied to Executive 
remuneration, with the common objective of driving financial performance and the achievement of strategic objectives and 
contributing to the long-term success of the Group. Remuneration supports our ability to attract, motivate and retain skilled and 
dedicated individuals whose contribution continues to be a key factor in the Group’s success.

Annual salary reviews take into account Company performance, local pay and market conditions plus salary levels for similar roles 
in comparable companies. Some employees below Executive level are eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes; opportunities 
and performance measures may vary by organisational level, geographical region and an individual’s role. An annual survey is 
conducted to ensure gender equality as it relates to employee compensation.

The Company performs equal pay and gender pay gap analyses across all its locations. In particular, the Board of Directors 
discussed the results of the latest analyses in December 2019 and are satisfied that there is equal pay, given location and role.

ESOP (LTIPs and Stock Options) programmes are used for senior permanent members of staff, in which approximately 10% of the 
workforce (3.3% in the LTIP and 6.7% in Stock Options) participate. The focus of the LTIPs is to retain talent and create long-term 
shareholder value consistent with fulfilment of the Company’s long-term strategic goals.

External appointments held by Executives

Executives may not accept any external appointment without the consent of the Board.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all shareholder views during the year and at the AGM each year as well 
as guidance from shareholder representative bodies more broadly, in shaping the Company’s implementation of its Remuneration 
Policy as well as future changes to the Policy.

Leaver treatment

Fair treatment will be extended to departing Executives. The Group’s policy on termination payments is to consider the 
circumstances on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the relevant contractual terms in the Executive’s service contract and 
the circumstances of termination.

Executives who resign or are dismissed for cause are, by default, not eligible for an annual bonus if they have left or are under 
notice at date of payment and forfeit all unvested LTIP shares.

At the Remuneration Committee’s discretion good leavers (normally including such circumstances as retirement, death, disability 
and redundancy) may be allowed to exercise a proportion of unvested LTIPs post-termination when, or to the extent that, the 
underlying LTIPs meet the performance criteria for vesting.

On a change of control, unvested LTIP awards may be exercised at the time of the event subject to achievement of any performance 
conditions.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information62

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

Pay for performance scenario analysis

The charts that follow provide an estimate of the potential future reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and the 
potential split between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: ‘Maximum’, ‘On target’ 
and ‘Minimum’. These charts illustrate how performance-orientated and long-term the Company’s remuneration arrangements are, 
with the majority of the remuneration opportunity being delivered only under a ‘Maximum’ scenario. We have also included a bar 
showing the value of the actual package in 2019.

Potential reward opportunities are based on the Remuneration Policy, applied to 2020 base salaries and incentive opportunities. 
Note that the LTIP awards granted in a year will not normally vest until the third anniversary of the date of grant, and the projected 
value excludes the impact of share price movement.

Potential future reward opportunities for CEO and CFO

CEO

Minimum

On-Target

Maximum

Max. +50% 
Share Price 
Appreciation

2020 
Scenarios

CFO

Minimum

On-Target

Maximum

Max. +50% 
Share Price 
Appreciation

2020 
Scenarios

–

500

1,000

1,500

–

500

1,000

1,500

(£000)

(£000)

Salary

Bonus

LTIP

Assumptions:

‘Actual 2019’: Fixed remuneration (2019 base salary, pension), bonus granted in 2019 and LTIP vesting in 2019.

‘Minimum’: Fixed remuneration only (2020 base salary, pension), being the only element of Executive Directors' remuneration not linked to performance.

‘On Target’: Fixed remuneration as above, plus target bonus (18% of base salary) and threshold LTIP vesting (10% of maximum) at the 3-month average share. 
price to 31 December 2019.

‘Maximum’: Fixed remuneration, plus maximum bonus (30% of salary) and full vesting of proposed 2020 LTIP awards at 3-month average share price to  
31 December 2019.

‘Maximum+50%’: As per Maximum scenario but with an assumption of share price growth of 50% over the 3-year performance period for LTIP awards.

Non-Executive Director fee policy

Non-Executive Directors receive fees for attendance at board meetings and its sub-committees. The Company does not operate 
any pension scheme for Non-Executive Directors nor do they participate in any variable pay plan. Any reasonable business 
expenses (including tax thereon) may be reimbursed.

Section 2: Implementation of the remuneration policy in 2019
The Remuneration Committee

The members of the Remuneration Committee in 2019 were David Reeves (Committee Chairman), Charlotta Ginman and Ross 
Graham. The members are all Independent Non-Executive Directors. In the year ended 31 December 2019, the Remuneration 
Committee met on eight occasions. All three members of the Committee attended the committee meetings throughout the year 
together with, on occasion, the CEO, the CFO, the COO and the Global HR Director, all at the request of the Committee Chairman.

The Company Chairman and the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee also met with key investors on several occasions in  
2019 to obtain input and feedback on Executive and Company-wide remuneration.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report63

The remit of the Committee is to determine and agree with the Board the framework for the remuneration of the Company 
Chairman (Ross Graham is not involved in related discussions), Executive Directors, Company Secretary and other members of the 
Senior Management of the Group, and also oversee the remuneration policy for the wider workforce. No Director is involved in any 
discussion or decision about his or her own remuneration.

Mercer Kepler supports the Remuneration Committee on remuneration related matters and is a member of the Remuneration 
Consultants’ Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to Executive remuneration consulting  
in the UK. Mercer Kepler does not have any other association with the Company and is considered independent by the Committee.

Directors’ emoluments

The remuneration for the Directors of the Company for the period year ended 31 December 2019 is detailed in the table below:

2019

Salary  
or fees 
£000

Bonus 
£000

Pension 
£000

Andrew Day

Jon Hauck4

David Broderick5

Ross Graham

David Reeves

Giorgio Guastalla

Georges Fornay

Charlotta Ginman

Total (£000)

Total (€000)6

234 

50 

201

92

68 

48

51 

63 

807 

949

–

6 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

6 

7

LTIP 
£000

9621 

-

3472 

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£000

1,198

59

555 

92

68 

48 

51

63

2

3

7

–

–

–

–

–

12

14

1,309

1,539

2,134

2,508

2018

Salary  
or fees  
£000

Bonus 
£000

Pension 
£000

204 

–

135 

70

58

45

49 

58 

619

728

19

–

12

–

–

–

–

–

31

36

1

–

7

–

–

–

–

–

8

9

LTIP  
£000

5963

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total7 
£000

820

–

154

70 

58 

45

49

58

596

701

1,254

1,474

1.  Based on share price at vesting date of 10th May 2019 @£16.04.

2.   Based on share price at vesting date of 3rd Oct 2019 @£11.57.

3   Based on share price at vesting date of 1st Jun 2018 @£17.04.

4.   Jon Hauck’s salary and pension are calculated from his start date of 30th September 2019.

5.   David Broderick’s salary and pension are calculated to his departure date of 30th November 2019.

6.   FX Eur/Stg = 0.8508.

7.   Individual remuneration has been rounded to the nearest £000 and the rounding differences have not been reflected in the total.

Annual bonus outcome for 2019

During 2019, the Executive Directors participated in the annual bonus scheme, and were eligible to earn awards of up to 30% of 
salary, subject to the attainment of specific targets set for each individual. The portion of bonus earned in the year was dependent 
on Company performance (weighted 80%) against turnover and profitability targets for the year in line with our financial KPIs (see 
pages 34 and 35) and on the Remuneration Committee’s discretionary assessment of each individual’s performance (weighted 
20%). The discretionary element takes into account the Director’s performance for the year against non-financial targets, such  
as mergers and acquisitions, key employee retention and delivery of major projects. The Remuneration Committee also retains  
a discretionary override to adjust the final bonus up or down to take into account all aspects of the Company’s performance.

As a result, the CEO would have achieved an annual bonus of 11.3% of salary (but, with agreement of the Remuneration Committee 
this was subsequently waived by Andrew Day) and the CFO a bonus of 11.3% of salary, pro-rated for Jon Hauck to reflect his 
employment not covering the full financial year. As a leaver during 2019, David Broderick was not eligible to earn a bonus for 2019.

The table below summarises the bonus earned by the Executive Directors for the year:

Director

Andrew Day

Jon Hauck

Outcome

0% of salary

11.3% of salary

Bonus for 2019

£nil (waived)

£5,631 (pro rata with length of tenure)

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information64

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

Long-term incentives vesting in 2019

In May 2016, Andrew Day was granted an award of 60,000 LTIPs and in October 2016 (his starting date) David Broderick was granted 
30,000 LTIPs, the vesting of which was based on the Company’s TSR performance versus the Numis Smaller Companies (excluding 
Investment Trusts) Index over the 3-year period ending on 10 May 2019 and 3 October 2019 respectively. One-third of the award vests for 
achieving Index TSR+10%, two-thirds vests at Index TSR+20%, with full vesting for Index TSR+30% over three years. The Company’s 
TSR performance over this period significantly outperformed that of the Index (by c. 205-512%) resulting in full vesting of these 
awards in 2019.

TSR over the 3-year performance period

2016–2019 
LTIP
(£)

NSCI ex. Inv Trusts: 27%

Keywords: 512%

2016–2019 
LTIP
(£)

NSCI ex. Inv Trusts: 15%

Keywords: 205%

Full vesting (Index +30%)

Full vesting (Index +30%)

0%

100% 200% 300% 400% 500% 600%

0%

50%

100%

150%

200%

250%

TSR over the 3-year performance period 
(May 2016–2019)

TSR over the 3-year performance period 
(Oct 2016–2019)

Other long-term incentives outstanding during 2019

LTIP awards granted to the Executive Directors in May 2017 and May 2018 remained outstanding during 2019. The full vesting of 
the 2017 awards requires Keywords TSR to outperform the Numis Smaller Companies (excluding Investment Trusts) Index over the 
3-year period by 45%. Based on performance up to 31 December 2019 when the share price was £14.98, these awards would fully 
vest. For the 2018 awards threshold vesting (10% of the award) will vest for TSR in line with the Index and full vesting will be earned 
for exceeding the Index TSR by 20% over the performance period. Based on performance up to 31 December 2019 when the share 
price was £14.98, these awards would not vest (see TSR Performance chart below).

Long-term incentives granted during 2019

In 2019, the Executive Directors were awared LTIPs, the vesting of which is based on the Company’s TSR performance versus the 
FTSE Small Cap Index over a 3-year performance period. Threshold vesting (10% of the award) will vest  
for TSR in line with the Index and full vesting will be earned for exceeding the Index TSR by 20% over the performance period. 

The number of shares granted to the Executive Directors is summarised in the table below. 

Number of shares

Value as % of salary

Performance period

Director

Andrew Day

David Broderick

Jon Hauck (regular award)

Jon Hauck (buy-out award)

50,000

25,000

25,000

43,936

331%

274%

142%

250%

3 May 2019 – 2 May 2022

3 May 2019 – 2 May 2022

Vest date

3 May 2022

3 May 20221

30 Sept 2019 – 29 Sept 2022

30 Sept 2022

30 Sept 2019 – 29 Sept 2022

30 Sept 2022

1  On his departure in October 2019, David Broderick forfeited the LTIP granted in 2019.

Jon Hauck was granted a second tranche of 43,936 shares to compensate for those awards he forfeited on his departure from his  
prior employment.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report65

Based on performance up to 31 December 2019 when the share price was £14.98, these awards would not vest (see chart below).

TSR performance up to 31 December 2019

2017–2020 LTIP
(£)

2018–2021 LTIP 
(£)

2019–2022 LTIP (May) 
(£)

2019–2022 LTIP (Sept) 
(£)

NSCI ex. Inv Trusts: 8.7%

NSCI ex. Inv Trusts: 1.3%

Keywords: (22.5%)

FTSE Small Cap ex. Inv Trusts: 2.3%

Keywords: 5.4%

FTSE Small Cap ex. Inv Trusts: 3.9%

Keywords: -15.6%

Keywords: 85.7%

-40%

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

TSR performance

The charts below show (i) the Company’s TSR since listing versus the FTSE Small Cap and Numis Smaller Companies indices, and  
(ii) the shareholder value created each financial year based on share price growth and dividends paid. 

Value of £100 invested in July 2013

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

Keywords

FTSE Small Cap

Numis Small Cap

0
11 Jul  
2013

31 Dec  
2013

31 Dec  
2014

31 Dec  
2015

31 Dec  
2016

31 Dec  
2017

31 Dec  
2018

31 Dec  
2019

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information66

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

TSR performance continued

Shareholder value created each year £m

£600

£400

£200

£0

-£200

-£400

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Shareholder value created each year is based on the change in share price plus dividends paid over each financial year multiplied by the shares outstanding at 
the start of each year.

The table below illustrates the CEO’s single figure of total remuneration over the same period as the charts above.

Single figure (£000)

Annual bonus outcome (% of max)

LTIP vesting (% of max)

SOP vesting (% of max)

FY13

52

N/A

N/A

N/A

FY14

146

100%

N/A

N/A

FY15

213

100%

N/A

100%

FY16

449

100%

100%

100%

FY17

397

100%

N/A*

100%

FY18

820

30%

100%

N/A

FY19

1,198

0%

100%

N/A

*  No LTIPs were issued in 2014 and therefore no vesting occurred in 2017.

Change of Chief Financial Officer

David Broderick resigned from the Company and ceased to be an Executive Director effective 14 October 2019. He was entitled to 
receive salary, pension and benefits for the period up to the termination date. He has forfeited all outstanding incentive awards, 
except the 2017 LTIP award (x2) due to vest May 2020, subject to performance measures being met, as the Committee approved the 
continued vesting of this LTIP award. 

Jon Hauck was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective 14 October 2019. Jon’s salary (£200,000) has been set below the market 
median in line with the remuneration policy. He is entitled to a maximum bonus of 30% of salary and an uncapped pension contribution 
of 5% of salary. Upon hiring, he was granted an LTIP award of 68,936 shares (25,000 as part of the regular 2019 cycle and 43,936 
shares as compensation for forfeited awards) vesting over 3 years based on TSR performance against the FTSE Small Cap Index.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report67

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio

Although the new amendments to the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 do not apply to Keywords as an  
AIM-quoted company, we have chosen to adopt the disclosure on CEO pay ratio to align with best practice. The table below provides 
disclosure of the ratio between the CEO’s salary and total remuneration and that of the lower quartile, median and upper quartile of 
our 380 UK-based employees.

Financial 
year

Calculation  
methodology

P25  
(lower quartile)

P50 
(median)

P75  
(upper quartile)

2019

Companies (Miscellaneous 
Reporting) Regulations 
2018 (Option A)

Salary ratio

Salary (£000)

Total remuneration ratio

Total remuneration (£000)

9:1

26.4

38:1

31.6

7:1

35

30:1

40.6

5:1

50

21:1

56.8

CEO

240

1,198

The lower, median and upper quartile employees were determined using calculation methodology A which involved calculating 
the actual full-time equivalent remuneration for all UK employees for the year ended 31 December 2019. From this analysis, three 
employees were then identified as representing the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile of the UK employee population. Keywords chose 
this method as it is the preferred approach of the Government and that of shareholders, and the Company had the systems in place 
to undertake this method. As the drafting of this report was earlier than the final determination of bonuses for the wider population, 
the bonus outcomes have been based on the financial forecasts in December 2019.

As this is the first year of reporting the CEO pay ratio using the above methodology, there is no comparative data against which  
to compare the pay ratios above. The Committee will consider the median pay ratio of 30:1 in the context of the ratio reported in 
future years.

The CEO pay ratio is based on comparing the CEO’s pay to that of Keywords’ UK-based workforce, a large proportion of whom 
are engineers, artists, and support staff. The Committee expects that the ratios will be largely driven by the CEO’s incentive pay 
outcomes, which will likely lead to greater variability in his pay than that observed at lower levels who, consistent with market 
practices, have a greater proportion of their pay linked to fixed components. The Committee takes into account these ratios when 
making decisions around the Executive Director pay packages, and Keywords takes seriously the need to ensure competitive pay 
packages across the organisation.

Implementation of the remuneration policy in 2020

Salary

With effect from 1 March 2020, salary increases of 2% have been awarded to the CEO and CFO, such that their 2020 salaries will be 
£244,800 and £204,000 respectively.

Pension

The Committee agreed that Andrew Day’s pension would be enhanced to be consistent with that of the majority of the UK 
workforce by removal of the salary cap (£50,000 at 3%). Jon Hauck’s pension remains unchanged from 2019 at 5% of salary.

Annual bonus

The Executive Directors will be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of salary in line with previous years. The outcome will 
be determined with reference to targets set at the start of 2020 around financial performance (revenue and profit, weighted 80%) 
and personal performance (weighted 20%).

LTIP

The Remuneration Committee intends to make awards under the LTIP to the Executive Directors in line with previous years, with 
vesting based on the Company’s TSR performance versus the FTSE Small Cap Index over a 3-year period, consistent with the 
performance condition for awards granted in 2019.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information68

Directors’ remuneration report 
continued

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

Non-Executive Director fees are based on the roles and responsibilities of the Directors (see table below). There are no fee 
increases for Non-Executive Directors in 2020.

Ross Graham*

David Reeves

Giorgio Guastalla

Charlotta Ginman

Georges Fornay

£90,000

£48,000

£48,000

£48,000

Role

Board Chairman

Senior Independent Director fee

Non-Executive Director basic fee

Additional fees:

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Member of:

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

£5,000

£48,000

£12,000

£3,000

£12,000

£3,000

£63,000

£3,000

£51,000

Total

£90,000

£68,000

£48,000

*  Ross Graham receives no additional fees on top of his Board Chairman fee for his membership of the sub-committees.

Directors’ interest in shares

The interests of each person who was a Director of the Company (together with interests held by his or her connected persons) were:

Andrew Day

Giorgio Guastalla 1

Ross Graham

David Reeves

Georges Fornay

Charlotta Ginman

Jon Hauck

1  Giorgio Guastalla’s indirect shareholding arises out of his 90% holding in P.E.Q. Holdings Limited.

At 31 Dec 19

At 31 Dec 18

3,296,573

3,296,573

3,150,662

3,600,662

58,440

32,400

5,142

1,733

–

58,440

32,400

5,142

1,733

–

6,544,950

6,994,950

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report69

The outstanding LTIP and Option awards held by each Executive Director of the Company are as follows.

LTIP

Andrew Day

Jon Hauck

David Broderick 
(former CFO)

Number at  
31 Dec 18

Number 
granted during 
the year

Number 
vesting during 
the year

Number  
lapsed / forfeited 
during the year

86,593

35,000

60,000

52,000

50,000

–

–

–

30,000

30,000

25,000

–

368,593

–

–

–

–

–

50,000

25,000

43,936

– 

– 

– 

25,000

143,936

–

–

60,000

–

–

–

– 

– 

30,000

–

–

–

90,000

Current vesting 
expectation**

Number at 
 31 Dec 19

86,593

35,000

Vesting date

12 Jul 2016*

01 Jun 2018*

60,000

10 May 2019*

52,000

50,000

50,000

25,000

43,936

15 May 2020

100%

18 May 2021

3 May 2022

30 Sept 2022

30 Sept 2022

0%

25%

0%

0%

– 

3 Oct 2019*

30,000

15 May 2020

100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

25,000 

25,000 

50,000

–

–

18 May 2021

3 May 2022

432,529

*  Awards have vested.

**  Vesting expectation (% of award) is based on the achievement of the TSR performance condition up to 31 December 2019.

 The awards in the table above vesting in 2020 were granted subject to the Company’s TSR performance versus the Numis Smaller Companies (excluding 
Investment Trusts) Index over a 3-year period with a 4-year exercise window and continuous employment; threshold vesting (10% of the award) will vest 
for TSR in line with the Index and full vesting will be earned for exceeding the Index TSR by 45% over the performance period. The awards in the table 
above vesting in 2021 and 2022 were granted subject to the TSR condition as described in the Section above “Long-term incentives outstanding during 
2019” and “Long-term incentives granted during 2019” respectively, having the same criteria save that full vesting applies for exceeding the Numis Smaller 
Companies (excluding Investment Trusts) Index by 20% (previously 45%) in 2021 and the FTSE Small Cap Index in 2022.

Share Option Scheme

Andrew Day

Number at  
31 Dec 18

Number granted 
during the year

Number exercised 
during the year

Number  
lapsed / forfeited 
during the year

21,167

21,167

21,168

63,502

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number at  
31 Dec 19

21,167

21,167

21,168

63,502

Vesting date

12 Jul 2015

12 Jul 2016

12 Jul 2017

Executive Directors no longer receive awards under the Share Option Scheme. Awards of options in the table above have all vested 
and shall lapse the day before the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant (12 July 2013), assuming it is not exercised before then 
and no event occurs to cause it to lapse earlier under the Rules.

Dr David Reeves
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

16 April 2020

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
70

Report of the Nomination Committee

Roles and responsibilities
The role of the Committee is to develop 
and maintain a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure for making 
recommendations on appointments 
and re-appointments to the Board. In 
addition, it is responsible for reviewing 
the succession plans for the Executive 
Directors and the Non-Executive 
Directors. This involves:

•  Reviewing the structure, size and 

composition of the Board and making 
recommendations to the Board with 
regard to any changes.

•  Assessing the effectiveness and 
performance of the Board and 
each of its Committees including 
consideration of the balance of 
skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge of the Company on the 
Board, its diversity, including gender, 
how the Board works together as a 
unit, and other factors relevant to  
its effectiveness.

•  Considering succession planning 
for Directors and members of the 
Executive Management Team.

• 

Identifying and nominating new 
members to the Board.

•  Reviewing the results of the Board 
performance evaluation process  
that relate to the composition of the 
Board and the performance  
of individual Directors.

•  Reviewing annually the time input 

required from Non-Executive Directors.

Diversity
The Committee reviews the Board 
Diversity Policy regularly, with the 
last review in March 2020. The policy 
acknowledges that an effective Board will 
include and make good use of differences 
in the skills, regional and industry 
experience, background, race, gender and 
other distinctions between Directors and 
emphasises that in identifying suitable 
candidates for appointment to the Board, 
the Committee will consider candidates  
on merit against objective criteria, with 
due regard for the benefits of diversity  
on the Board.

Governance processes
The Committee meets at least twice 
a year and at such other times as the 
Committee Chair or any member of the 
Committee may request. In 2019, the 
Committee met twice. The Committee  
has formal terms of reference which can 
be viewed on the Company’s website, 
www.keywordsstudios.com.

Main activities
Succession

The Board is committed to effectively 
managing leadership succession and 
proactively engages with the Senior 
Management Team to assess the 
Executive talent pool. The Committee and 
the Board receive regular contributions 
from individuals in the wider Executive 
Group at meetings of the Board and 
Committees throughout the year.  
These contributions are valuable for our  
decision making and have helped the  
Non-Executive Directors to develop a 
clear understanding of the strength  
of the management team.

Succession planning is designed to 
consider the planned process of transition 
to new leadership over time and also the 
potential for unforeseen change over a 
shorter timeframe. The Board and the 
Committee keep in touch with the talent 
development process throughout the 
organisation, conscious of the strategic 
importance of promoting from within as 
far as possible to support the Company’s 
growth plans as set out in the strategic 
report.

Senior management succession planning 
will continue to be a focus for 2020.

Board and Committee Composition

The Committee also reviewed the size, 
composition and skill set of the Board 
during the year and concluded that there 
was an appropriate mix of experience, 
skills and knowledge to provide strong 
and effective leadership.

Role of the Company Secretary

The Directors have access to the services 
of a Company Secretary through Liam 
O’Donoghue of ONE Advisory Limited, who 
provides advice on company secretarial 
and corporate governance matters. 

Annual evaluation of the Board 
and Committees’ performance
This year’s annual internal Board and 
Committee evaluation exercise was 
designed and led by the Company 
Secretary, working closely with the 
Chairman of the Board in order to 
provide objectivity. The areas covered 
were: structure and skills, operating 
effectiveness, operating efficiency, quality 
of information and ongoing development. 
The findings from this evaluation, based 
on an in-depth questionnaire issued to 
each Director, identified a number of 
positive areas including site visits to 
the Company’s studio locations and the 
appointment of an Internal Audit Manager, 
signalling progress from the previous 
evaluation exercise. Although the Board 
and sub-committees are working well, 
areas highlighted for improvement include 
the need to spend more time discussing 
the quality and effectiveness of the senior 
management structure below the CEO, the 
effectiveness of the Company’s strategy 
from a day-to-day standpoint, and to 
continue to undertake more site visits to 
the Company’s studio locations. These 
matters will be addressed during the 
2020 financial year. In addition, individual 
reviews of Non-Executive Director’s 
performances were carried out by the 
Chairman, and the performance of the 
Chairman was reviewed by the rest of the 
Directors. This concluded that overall the 
Chairman devotes adequate time of the 
Company’s business, stays abreast of 
developments affecting the Company,  
and shows a strong understanding of  
the business.

Ross K Graham
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

16 April 2020

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportDirectors’ report

71

The Directors present the Annual Report together with both the audited 
consolidated financial statements and the parent company (Keywords 
Studios plc) financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Disclaimer
The purpose of this Annual Report and financial statements are 
to provide information to the members of the Company. The 
Annual Report and financial statements have been prepared 
for, and only for, the members of the Company, as a body, and 
no other persons. The Company, its Directors and employees, 
agents or advisers do not accept or assume responsibility  
to any other person to whom this document is shown or into 
whose hands it may come and any such responsibility or  
liability is expressly disclaimed.

The Annual Report and financial statements contain certain 
forward-looking statements with respect to the operations, 
performance and financial condition of the Group. By their 
nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results and developments 
to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking 
statements reflect knowledge and information available at 
the date of preparation of this Annual Report and financial 
statements and the Company undertakes no obligation to update 
these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report 
and financial statements should be construed as a profit forecast.

Dividends
The results for the year are set out on page 79. Dividends paid 
are set out on page 101. The Board is not proposing a final 
dividend following the payment of an interim dividend of 0.58p 
per share in October 2019.

Directors and changes to the Board
The Directors of the Company during the year were Ross Graham, 
Andrew Day, David Reeves, Giorgio Guastalla, Georges Fornay, 
Charlotta Ginman, Jon Hauck (appointed 14 October 2019), and 
David Broderick (resigned 14 October 2019). Details of members 
of the Board at 31 December 2019 are set out on pages 48 and 49. 

Going concern
The Directors have performed an assessment, including a 
review of the Group's budget for the 2020 financial year and its 
longer term plans. In doing so the Directors have considered the 
uncertain nature of the current COVID-19 pandemic but have 
noted the strong continued demand for the Group’s services, 
the ability to operate most of its services in a work from home 
model whilst studios are temporarily closed, the historical 
resilience of the broader video games industry in times of 
economic downturn and the ability of the Group to flex its cost 
base in response to a reduction in trading activity. 

The Directors have also considered the Group’s strong 
liquidity position, with access to cash and committed undrawn 
facilities under the Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of €82m at 31 
December 2019 and the uncommitted accordion feature under 
the RCF agreement providing access to up to €40m of additional 
funds subject to lender agreement.

The Directors have applied downside sensitivities to the Group’s 
cash flow projections to evaluate the Group’s ability to withstand 
a prolonged period of studio closures as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, leading to a reduction in production capability. Under 
this severe case the Group would have sufficient liquidity and 
remain within its banking covenants. The Directors are satisfied 
that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to 
continue to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due for 
the foreseeable future, a period considered to be at least 12 
months from the date of signing these financial statements. For 
this reason they continue to adopt the going concern basis for 
preparing the financial statements.

Financial risk management
The Group’s approach to capital management is shown in 
note 25 of the financial statements. The Group’s exposure and 
approach to liquidity, credit, interest rate and foreign currency 
risk is shown in note 23 of the financial statements. Our 
approach to risk management generally and our principal risks 
can be found in the strategic report on pages 22 and 23.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the year.

Directors and their interests
A list of Directors, their interests in the ordinary share capital of 
the Company, their interests in its long-term performance share 
plan and details of their options over the ordinary share capital 
of the Company are given in the Directors’ Remuneration report 
on pages 57 to 69. No Director had a material interest in any 
significant contract, other than a service contract or contract for 
services, with the Company or any of its operating companies at 
any time during the year. 

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information72

Directors’ report continued

Significant shareholdings
At 31 December 2019, the Company had been notified, in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, of the 
following interests in its ordinary share capital*: 

Shares

6,020,414

4,030,666

3,500,736

3,296,573

3,255,696

3,220,657

2,283,856

%

9.2

6.2

5.4

5.1

5.0

4.9

3.5

Corporate responsibility
Keywords seeks to be a socially responsible Group which has 
a positive impact on the communities in which it operates. By 
the nature of the business, we employ a diverse workforce, 
with many nationalities. No discrimination is tolerated and we 
endeavour to give all employees the opportunity to develop 
their capabilities. We provide an excellent working environment, 
the latest technology and appropriate training.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report 
and financial statements are made available on a website. 
Financial statements are published on the Group’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which 
may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance 
and integrity of the Group’s website is the responsibility of 
the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the 
ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

By order of the Board

Jon Hauck
Chief Financial Officer

16 April 2020

Name

Franklin Templeton

Octopus Investments

P.E.Q Holdings*

Andrew Day

Liontrust Asset Management

T Rowe Price Global Investments

TimesSquare Capital Management

*  As recorded on the Company’s share register.

Future developments
Important events since the financial year end related to the 
COVID-19 pandemic are described in note 30 of the financial 
statements, the Chief Executive's review section on pages 14 
and 15 and in the Service line review on pages 24 to 27. Future 
developments are described in the strategy section of the 
strategic report on pages 22 and 23.

People and organisation
Keywords is, and always has been, dependent on the quality and 
commitment of its entire staff to provide and maintain the high 
levels of services expected by the Groups’ customers.

Keywords average number of employees was 7,424 during 2019. 
This permanent headcount is supplemented with employees on 
short-term contracts as activity changes throughout the year.

Employment policy
Keywords has a range of employment policies covering such 
issues as diversity, employee wellbeing and equal opportunities. 
The Group continues to give full and fair consideration to 
applications for employment made by disabled persons, having 
regard to their particular skills and experience. Appropriate 
arrangements are made for the continued employment and 
training, career development and promotion of disabled 
persons employed by the Group including making reasonable 
adjustments where required. In the event of any colleague 
becoming disabled during their career at Keywords, every effort 
is made by the Group to ensure their continued employment and 
engagement with the business.

Employee involvement
The Group provides employees with information on matters  
of concern to them so that their views can be taken into account 
when making decisions that are likely to affect their interests.  
A summary of the methods we use to engage with our 
employees are provided in Our People, our culture section of the 
Annual Report on pages 28 to 33, Responsible Business report 
on pages 40 to 42 and Section 172(1) statement on page 43. 
Approximately 10% of the workforce participate in the Employee 
Share Option Plan (see page 61). We continue to review options 
to expand participation in employee share schemes.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

73

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
financial statements.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group and Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU).

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of 
the profit or loss of the Group for that period. The Directors are 
also required to prepare financial statements in accordance with 
the rules of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading 
securities on the Alternative Investment Market.

In preparing these financial statements the Directors are 
required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent;

•  State whether IFRS as adopted by the EU have been 

followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Group and Company financial statements 
respectively; and

•  Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis, 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any  
time the financial position of the Company and the Group and  
to enable them to ensure that the financial statements and  
the Directors’ remuneration report comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the  
assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud  
and other irregularities.

The Directors as at the date of this report, whose names and 
functions are listed in the Board of Directors on pages 48 and 49, 
confirm that:

•  So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  The Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to 

have taken as a Director in order to make himself / herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish  
that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and 
financial statements are made available on a website. Financial 
statements are published on the Group’s website in accordance 
with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity 
of the Group’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The 
Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of 
the financial statements contained therein.

By order of the Board

Liam O’Donoghue 
Company Secretary 

16 April 2020

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information74

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the members of Keywords Studios plc

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Keywords Studios plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 which comprise the Group and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position, the Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group and Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows, the Group and Parent Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity, and the notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2019 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRCs Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

• 

• 

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

1 Revenue Recognition – cut off 
Key Audit Matter 

Although the majority of the Groups revenue contracts are non complex in nature, there is a material accrued revenue balance as 
at 31 December 2019 of €7.0m (2018: €6.3m). We focused on this area due to the risk of management manipulation of the timing of 
revenue recognition and the cut off relating to accrued revenue at the year end. 

Related Disclosures

Refer to note 2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the accounting policies of the Group in relation to 
Revenue Recognition. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report75

Audit Response

We have performed audit procedures to understand the application of the revenue recognition accounting policies and to assess 
whether for each material revenue stream, that revenue has been recognised correctly in accordance with the Group Revenue 
Recognition policy. We have completed a substantive based audit approach across all full scope locations and completed specific 
audit procedures on a sample basis on less significant components of the group. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, reviewing a sample of transactions both throughout the year and around the 
year end, to assess that the stage of completion and therefore accrued revenue is reflective of the underlying project status. We 
have tested these transactions to supporting documentation such as sales orders and contracts from customers, project status 
evidence, and subsequent billing. When examining samples of transactions around the year end we have assessed whether the 
revenue has been recognised in the correct period. 

2 Business Combinations
Key Audit Matter

The Group has entered into a significant number of acquisitions and business combinations throughout the year, which have had a 
material and extensive impact on the group’s financial performance and position. 

Following the purchase price allocations (in which identifiable assets and liabilities assumed were recognised at fair value), €176m 
(2018: €154m) of goodwill has been recognised cumulatively to date. The fair value of certain identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed in a business combination is different from their carrying amounts in the acquired statements of financial 
position which can give rise to fair value adjustments as part of the purchase price allocations of these business combinations. 
Accordingly, the cumulative acquisitions are material and significant judgement is required in relation to the purchase price 
allocations including the resulting goodwill.

Management determined the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities and notably the value of the customer relationships. 
The valuation of these assets was primarily based upon the expected future cash flows related to these acquisitions. 

A number of these acquisitions have also included deferred consideration in the form of shares and cash payments at future dates, 
which add further complexity with regard to the acquisition-date fair value of such consideration as part of the consideration 
transferred in exchange for the acquisitions and business combinations. 

Related Disclosures

Refer to note 2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the accounting policy in relation to business combinations. 
In addition, detailed disclosures have been made in relation to each business combination in note 28 to the financial statements. 

Audit Response

We have reviewed the underlying contracts and share purchase agreements relating to each acquisition to assess whether the 
basis for treatment of the acquisitions is in accordance with the accounting policy and International Financial Reporting Standard 
3 – Business Combinations. 

We have assessed the carrying value of each material balance at the date of acquisition, and have reviewed management’s 
assessments of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, and in particular, the methodology applied in the valuation of 
intangible assets and goodwill. 

Our procedures included;

•  We reviewed the methodology applied to identify the categories of intangible assets,

•  We evaluated whether the cash flow forecasts used in the valuation are consistent with information approved by the Board 

and have reviewed the historical accuracy of management’s forecasts in order to assess the reliance which can be placed upon 
managements forecasting, 

•  We have challenged the key assumptions such as the growth factors and discount rates by comparing them to relevant market 

rates and historic acquisitions to evaluate whether management had been consistent in its approach to valuations, and

•  We assessed the adequacy of the acquisition disclosures in the Group’s financial statements.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information76

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the members of Keywords Studios plc continued

2 Business Combinations continued
In addition, we have examined the terms of all business combinations to assess whether the fair value of any deferred / contingent 
consideration is treated appropriately in accordance with the group accounting policy and IFRS 3.

We also examined the key post combination employment contracts of former shareholders of the acquired entities, reviewing 
the substance of the transactions and considered whether they have been appropriately accounted for in line with the group 
accounting policy and the requirements of IFRS 3.

3 Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets
Key Audit Matter 

As a result of both the current year and prior year acquisitions, the group has amassed significant intangible assets and goodwill 
balances. These balances are material to the financial statements, with goodwill carrying value of €176m (2018: €154m), and 
intangibles carrying value of €21.1m (2018: €25.9). 

The valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets is significant to our audit due to the fact that the impairment test calculations 
are based on several key assumptions which are estimated by management, and are by nature judgemental. Key assumptions 
include the expected future cash flows for the forecasting period, the discount rates and perpetual growth rate.

The Directors have concluded that there is one cash generating unit (“CGU”) in the group, for the purposes of impairment assessment. 

Related Disclosures

Refer to note 2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the accounting policy in relation to business 
combinations, intangible assets and goodwill. In addition, detailed disclosures have been made in relation to each business 
combination in note 28 to the financial statements. Detailed disclosures are made in note 11 relating to goodwill, and note 12 in 
relation to intangible assets. 

Audit Response

We have reviewed the Directors assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets. We have challenged the 
Directors assumptions in relation to CGU identification, cash flow forecasting, discount rates applied, and future growth rates. 

Our procedures included;

•  We have evaluated that the CGU identified is the lowest level at which management monitors goodwill and intangible assets, 

•  We have reviewed the accuracy of the cash flow forecasts used, and ensured that these represent those which are reviewed  

by the Board, 

•  We have reviewed and assessed the accuracy of the historical forecasts prepared by the Group, 

•  We have assessed the key estimates and inputs into the discounted cash flow models, including the growth rates assumed,  

and tested these where possible to supporting evidence such as post year end activities, 

•  We have completed sensitivity analyses in relation to the cash flow models and have stress tested all key assumptions used, and

•  We have considered the appropriateness of the disclosures relating to the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets in the 

financial statements. 

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We 
consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions in the financial statements, could influence 
the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take into account the 
nature of identified misstatements, and in particular the circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the 
financial statements as a whole.

We determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole to be €1.75m, which represents 10% of profit before taxation 
and represents less than 2% of equity. We consider profit before income tax to be the most significant determinant of the group’s 
financial performance used by shareholders and other users and therefore consider this as an appropriate basis for materiality. Our 
materiality is lower than the level we set for the year ended 31 December 2018 (€2.2m), due to the decreased profits of the group. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report77

Our application of materiality continued
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all individual differences identified during the course 
of our audit in excess of €87,500, (2018: €110,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole was also considered. As the parent company's primary function 
is that of a holding company, a benchmark based on 5% of total assets was deemed appropriate. The resulting materiality figure for 
the parent company financial statements was €8.9m. As this amount was greater than the materiality applied to the group financial 
statements, the lower group financial statement materiality figure of €1.75m was applied in relation to the parent company financial 
statements also.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the group wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement identified at group level. The Group has operations in 21 countries, and 77 wholly 
owned subsidiary entities. 

Based on our assessment, we have completed full scope audit procedures in relation to the following entities; Keywords Studios 
plc, Keywords International Limited, Sperasoft Studios LLC, Cord Worldwide Limited, Studio Gobo Limited, Electric Square Limited, 
Keywords Studios QC-Games Inc (formerly Babel Games Services Inc), Keywords France, Keywords China and Keywords Studios 
Italia S.R.L (formerly Binari Sonori S.R.L & Sillabit S.R.L). 

In addition, specific audit procedures have been completed in relation to certain material balances and transaction streams in VMC 
Embedded Services, Keywords Canada Holdings Inc (formerly Volt Canada Inc), Keywords Studios QC-Tech Inc (formerly Alchemic 
Dream Inc), and Keywords Studios Japan.

The above entities represent 74% of Group revenues. Analytical review procedures have been performed on the remaining non-
significant components in the group.

Whilst materiality for the financial statements as a whole was €1.75m, each component of the group was audited to a lower level 
of materiality. Audits of these components were performed at a materiality level calculated by reference to a proportion of group 
materiality appropriate to the relative scale of the business concerned. 

The Group auditor, BDO Dublin, has audited Keywords Studios plc, Keywords International Limited, Cord Worldwide Limited, Studio 
Gobo Limited, Electric Square Limited. Their involvement in the work performed by other component auditors varies by location 
and involves, at a minimum, direction of the audit procedures to be completed, and review of the reports received in relation to the 
results of the audit work undertaken by component audit teams. 

In the current year, the Senior Statutory auditor or senior members of the Group audit team have visited the following reporting 
locations on planned visits: Brighton, UK (Electric Square) and Canada to meet with local auditors and local Keywords Management.

At the parent company level we have also tested the consolidation process and carried out additional procedures to confirm our 
conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining 
components not subject to full scope or specific procedures. 

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual 
report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, 
we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of 
the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information78

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the members of Keywords Studios plc continued

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• 

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 73 the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk / auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

John O’Callaghan (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO, Statutory Auditor

Dublin 2, Ireland 

16 April 2020

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportConsolidated statement of comprehensive income

79

Revenue from contracts with customers

Cost of sales

Gross profit

  Share option expense

  Costs of acquisition and integration

  Amortisation of intangible assets

  Total of items excluded from adjusted profit measures

  Other administration expenses

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Financing income

Financing cost

Share of post-tax profit / (loss) of equity accounted associate

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Years ended 31 December

Note

2019
€’000

2018
€’000

4

5

17

5

12

6

6

27

7

326,463

250,805

(206,234)

(154,997)

120,229

(9,775)

(4,348)

(7,318)

(21,441)

(77,246)

(98,687)

21,542

74

(4,245)

–

17,371

(7,462)

9,909

95,808

(4,129)

(5,296)

(6,872)

(16,297)

(56,826)

(73,123)

22,685

791

(1,316)

(66)

22,094

(7,191)

14,903

Actuarial gain / (loss) on defined benefit plans

19

(167)

27

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Exchange gain / (loss) in net investment in foreign operations 

Exchange gain / (loss) on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income

Profit / (loss) for the period attributable to:

Owners of the parent

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Owners of the parent

Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

1,267

5,960

16,969

10,022

(113)

9,909

17,082

(113)

16,969

€ cent

15.23

14.73

1,270

771

16,971

14,903

–

14,903

16,971

–

16,971

€ cent

23.16

22.24

8

8

The notes from page 86 onwards form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board 

Andrew Day 
Director 

16 April 2020

Jon Hauck
Director

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Consolidated statement of financial position

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Investment in associate
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Equity
Share capital
Share capital – to be issued
Share premium
Merger reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Shares held in Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
Share option reserve
Retained earnings

Non-controlling interest
Total equity
Current liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables
Loans and borrowings
Corporation tax liabilities
Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Employee defined benefit plans
Loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

At 31 December

2019
€’000

2018
€’000

Note

13
24
11
12
27
26

14
15

16
16
16
16

16

18
20

24

18
19
20
26
24

22,163
21,469
175,639
21,130
–
5,060
245,461

43,243
35,413
41,827
120,483
365,944

780
5,310
102,979
50,451
5,764
(1,997)
16,449
43,187
222,923
35
222,958

8,027
38,712
80
2,732
7,741
57,292

285
2,049
59,671
9,523
14,166
85,694
365,944

15,002
–
154,202
25,884
160
2,967
198,215

37,019
23,459
39,871
100,349
298,564

763
15,648
102,225
35,996
(1,463)
(1,997)
6,674
34,529
192,375
–
192,375

7,142
41,153
40,071
6,665
–
95,031

1,062
1,378
230
8,488
–
11,158
298,564

The notes from page 86 onwards form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements were 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 16 April 2020.

On behalf of the Board 

Andrew Day 
Director 

16 April 2020

Jon Hauck
Director

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

81

Share 
capital 
– to be 
issued
€’000

Share 
capital
€’000

Share 
premium
€’000

Merger 
reserve
€’000

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve
€’000

Shares 
held in 
EBT
€’000

Share 
option 
reserve
€’000

Retained 
earnings
€’000

Total 
attributable 
to owners of 
parent
€’000

Non-
controlling 
interest
€’000

Total 
equity
€’000

At 1 January 2018

737

11,620

102,054

28,878

(3,504)

(1,997)

2,545

20,679

161,012

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 171 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

2,041

2,041

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 14,903 

 14,903 

 – 

 – 

161,012

 14,903 

 – 

27

2,068

 – 

2,068

 – 

14,930

 16,971 

 – 

 16,971 

 – 

 4,129 

 4,129 

 – 

 4,129 

 174 

(1,080)

(1,080)

 – 

 – 

 174 

(1,080)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 23 

 4,028 

 – 

 7,118 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 11,169 

 – 

 11,169 

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Contributions by and 
contributions to the 
owners:

Share option expense

Share options 
exercised

Dividends (note 9)

Acquisition related 
issuance of shares 
(note 16)

Contributions by and 
contributions to the 
owners

 26 

 4,028 

 171 

 7,118 

–

–

 4,129 

(1,080)

 14,392 

 – 

 14,392 

At 31 December 2018

763

15,648

102,225

35,996

(1,463)

(1,997)

6,674

34,529

192,375

 – 

 192,375 

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Contributions by and 
contributions to the 
owners:

Share option expense

Share options 
exercised

Dividends (note 9)

Acquisition related 
issuance of shares 
(note 16)

Net assets on 
acquisition of 
AppSecTest

Contributions by and 
contributions to the 
owners

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

7

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

754

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

10 (10,338)

–

14,455

–

–

–

–

 – 

7,227

7,227

–

–

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

–

–

 – 

10,022

 10,022 

(113)

 9,909 

 – 

 – 

9,775

–

–

–

–

(167)

 7,060 

 – 

 7,060 

9,855

 17,082 

(113)

 16,969 

–

–

9,775

761

(1,197)

(1,197)

 – 

 – 

 – 

9,775

761

(1,197)

–

–

4,127

 – 

4,127

–

148

148

 17 

(10,338)

 754 

 14,455 

 – 

 – 

 9,775 

(1,197)

13,466

148

 13,614 

At 31 December 2019

780

5,310

102,979

50,451

5,764

(1,997)

16,449

43,187

222,923

35

222,958

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax 
Income and expenses not affecting operating cash flows
Depreciation – property, plant and equipment
Depreciation – right of use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Taxation
Share option expense
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Unwinding of discounted liabilities – deferred consideration 
Unwinding of discounted liabilities – lease liabilities 
Share of post-tax (profit) / loss of equity accounted associate
Interest receivable
Fair value adjustments to employee defined benefit plans
Interest expense 
Unrealised foreign exchange (gain) / loss 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Decrease / (increase) in trade receivables
Decrease / (increase) in MMTC and VGTR receivable
Decrease / (increase) in other receivables
(Decrease) / increase in accruals, trade and other payables

Taxation paid
Net cash generated by / (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Current year acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 
Prior year acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 
Settlement of deferred liabilities on acquisitions
Investment in associate
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Investment in intangible assets
Interest received
Net cash generated by / (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of loans
Payments of principal on lease liabilities
Interest paid on principal of lease liabilities
Loan to finance acquisitions
Dividends paid
Share options exercised
Interest paid
Net cash generated by / (used in) financing activities
Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Exchange gain / (loss) on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Years ended 31 December

2019 

€’000

2018* 
Restated
€’000

Note

9,909

14,903

13
24
12
7
17
5
13
6
6
27
6
19
6

28

18
27
13
12

29

6
29
9
16

7,295
7,849
7,318
7,462
9,775
493
200
330
694
–
(74)
504
934
(577)
42,203

(4,370)
(5,913)
(2,162)
6,402
(6,043)
(13,288)
32,781

(13,051)
–
(14,711)
–
(13,145)
(391)
74
(41,224)

(7,973)
(7,355)
(694)
27,000
(1,197)
761
(1,436)
9,106
663
1,293
39,871
41,827

5,316
–
6,872
7,191
4,129
766
63
311
–
66
–
279
502
(992)
24,503

(7,680)
(370)
2,850
(252)
(5,452)
(6,304)
27,650

(24,163)
(726)
(1,603)
(226)
(9,440)
(1,599)
–
(37,757)

(10,835)
–
–
31,850
(1,080)
174
(502)
19,607
9,500
(3)
30,374
39,871

* 

 The prior year has been restated to re-classify the Acquisition and integration cash outlay to Net cash generated by / (used in) operating activities, as the 
Directors consider this to be more appropriate.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of financial position

83

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries

Other receivables

Right of use assets

Current assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Share capital – to be issued

Share premium

Merger reserve

Shares held in EBT

Share option reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity 

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Corporation tax liabilities

Lease liability

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Lease liability

Total equity and liabilities

At 31 December

2019
€’000

2018
€’000

Note

13

21

15

24

15

16

16

16

16

18

20

24

18

20

24

357

30,670

208,352

619

389

30,670

175,509

–

239,998

206,568

16,096

599

16,695

256,693

780

5,310

102,979

56,132

(1,997)

16,449

(84)

1,737

438

2,175

208,743

763

15,648

102,225

41,677

(1,997)

6,674

(2,538)

179,569

162,452

139

11,298

–

–

204

11,641

5,561

59,500

422

65,483

256,693

285

5,435

40,000

3

–

45,723

568

–

–

568

208,743

In accordance with Companies Act 2006, the Company is availing of the exemption from presenting its individual Statement of 
Comprehensive Income to the Annual General Meeting and from filing it with Companies House. The amount of profit after tax dealt 
with in the parent undertaking is €3,651k (2018: loss of €1,147k).

The notes on pages 86 onwards form an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board on 16 April 2020.

On behalf of the Board 

Andrew Day 
Director 

16 April 2020

Jon Hauck
Director

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Company statement of changes in equity

Share 
capital 
– to be 
issued
€’000

 Share 
capital
€’000

Share 
premium
€’000

Merger  
reserve –  

restructuring
€’000

Merger  
reserve –  
acquisitions
€’000

Shares 
held in 
EBT
€’000

Share 
option 
reserve
€’000

Retained 
earnings
€’000

Total 
equity
€’000

At 1 January 2018

737

11,739 102,054

5,313

29,248

(1,997)

2,545

(311) 149,328 

Profit / (loss) for the period

Total comprehensive income 
for the period

Contributions by and 
contributions to the owners:

Share option expense

Share options exercised

Dividends (note 9)

Acquisition related issuance 
of shares (note 16)

Contributions by and 
contributions to the owners

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

23

3,909

–

–

–

171

–

–

26

3,909

171

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,116

7,116

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,147)

(1,147)

(1,147)

(1,147)

4,129

–

–

–

–

–

4,129

174

(1,080)

(1,080)

–

11,048

4,129

(1,080)

14,271

At 31 December 2018

763

15,648 102,225

5,313

36,364

(1,997)

6,674

(2,538) 162,452

Profit / (loss) for the period

Total comprehensive income 
for the period

Contributions by and 
contributions to the owners:

Share option expense

Share options exercised

Dividends (note 9)

Acquisition related issuance 
of shares (note 16)

Contributions by and 
contributions to the owners

–

–

–

7

–

–

–

–

–

–

10 (10,338)

–

–

–

754

–

–

17 (10,338)

754

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

14,455

14,455

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,651

3,651

3,651

3,651

9,775

–

–

–

–

–

9,775

761

(1,197)

(1,197)

–

4,127

9,775

(1,197)

13,466

At 31 December 2019

780

5,310 102,979

5,313

50,819

(1,997)

16,449

(84)

179,569

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
Company statement of cash flows

85

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit / (loss) after tax 

Income and expenses not affecting operating cash flows

Share option expense

Interest receivable

Interest expense

Depreciation – property, plant and equipment

Depreciation – right of use assets

Amounts written off financial assets

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

(Increase) / decrease in other receivables

Increase / (decrease) in trade and other payables

Taxation paid 

Net cash generated by / (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Net cash generated by / (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayment of loans

Financing Group acquisitions

Loan to finance acquisitions

Payments of principal on lease liability

Interest paid on principal of lease liability

Dividends paid

Shares options exercised

Interest paid

Net cash generated by / (used in) financing activities

Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Years ended 31 December

Note

2019
€’000

2018
€’000

13

24

13

29

29

9

16

3,651

(1,147)

693

(1)

984

45

200

92

255

(12)

669

27

–

127

2,013

1,066

(17,200)

10,641

(6,559)

–

(895)

(13)

1

(12)

(7,500)

(16,368)

27,000

(192)

(16)

2,393

4,505

6,898

–

6,817

(415)

12

(403)

(10,100)

(32,401)

31,850

–

–

(1,197)

(1,080)

761

(1,420)

1,068

161

438

599

174

(680)

(12,237)

(5,823)

6,261

438

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements

1 Basis of Preparation
Keywords Studios PLC (the “Company”) is a company incorporated in the UK. The consolidated financial statements include the 
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) made up to 31 December 2019. The Group was formed 
on 8 July 2013 when Keywords Studios PLC (formerly Keywords Studios Limited) acquired the entire share capital of Keywords 
International Limited through the issue of 31,901,332 ordinary shares. 

The parent company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not the Group.

The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards, International Accounting Standards and interpretations (collectively IFRS) issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB) as adopted by the European Union (“adopted IFRSs”). 

The financial statements have been prepared in thousands (’000) and the financial statements are presented in Euro (€) which is 
the functional currency of the Group.

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments effective 1 January 2019

The Group has adopted new accounting standards which have become effective 1 January 2019, as follows:

Impact of IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ along with three Interpretations (IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains 
a Lease’, SIC 15 ‘Operating Leases-Incentives’ and SIC 27 ‘Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a 
Lease’). The new Standard has been applied using the modified retrospective approach. Prior periods have not been restated. 

From 1 January 2019, the Group now recognises a liability to make lease payments (i.e. the lease liability) and an asset representing 
the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e. the right of use asset), for all material lease arrangements over 
12 months in duration. On transition, for leases previously accounted for as operating leases with a remaining lease term of less 
than 12 months and for leases of low value assets, the Group has applied the optional exemptions to not recognise right of use 
assets but to account for the lease expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease term. For those leases previously 
classified as finance leases, the right of use asset and lease liability are measured at the date of initial application at the same 
amounts as under IAS 17 immediately before the date of initial application. Instead of performing an impairment review on the right 
of use assets at the date of initial application, the Group has relied on its historic assessment as to whether leases were onerous 
immediately before the date of initial application of IFRS 16. The impact of the application of IFRS 16 is outlined in note 24.

The following is a reconciliation of operating lease commitments at 31 December 2018 to the lease liabilities recognised at 
1 January 2019:

Total operating lease commitments disclosed at 31 December 2018 

Recognition exemptions:

Leases of low value assets

Leases with remaining lease term of less than 12 months

Lease payments for expected lease renewals extending payments beyond the minimum lease payment period

Operating lease liabilities before discounting

Discounted using incremental borrowing rate*

Operating lease liabilities

Finance lease obligations

Total lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 at 1 January 2019 (note 24)

€m 

17 

–

(1) 

 8 

 7 

 24 

(1) 

 23 

–

 23 

* Weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities on transition

3.1%

Impact of IFRIC 23 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Positions, which was issued in June 2017, clarifies how to recognise and measure current and 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. 

Other New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments effective 1 January 2019 

Other accounting pronouncements which have become effective from 1 January 2019 have not had a material impact on the Group.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report87

2 Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation

Where the Company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The Company controls an investee if all three of 
the following elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable returns from the investee, and the ability of the 
investor to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate that 
there may be a change in any of these elements of control.

De-facto control exists in situations where the Company has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee 
without holding the majority of the voting rights. In determining whether de-facto control exists, the Company considers all relevant 
facts and circumstances, including:

•  The size of the Company’s voting rights relative to both the size and dispersion of other parties who hold voting rights;

•  Substantive potential voting rights held by the Company and by other parties;

•  Other contractual arrangements; and

•  Historic patterns in voting attendance.

The consolidated financial statements present the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) as if they formed a 
single entity. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated in full.

Business Combinations

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the purchase method. In the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially 
recognised at their fair values at the acquisition date. The results of acquired operations are included in the consolidated income 
statement from the date on which control is obtained. They are consolidated until the date on which control ceases.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and is split between current liabilities and 
long-term liabilities depending on when it is due. The fair value of contingent consideration at acquisition date is arrived at through 
discounting the expected payment (based on scenario modelling) to present value. In general, in order for contingent consideration 
to become payable, pre-defined profit and / or revenue targets must be exceeded. At each balance sheet date, the fair value of the 
contingent consideration is revalued, with the expected pay-out determined separately in respect of each individual acquisition and 
any change recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income. 

For deferred consideration which is to be provided for by the issue of a fixed number of shares at a future defined date, where there 
is no obligation on Keywords to offer a variable number of shares, the deferred consideration is classified as an equity arrangement 
and the value of the shares is fixed at the date of the acquisition.

Equity accounted investments

The Group’s investments in its associates are accounted for using the equity method from the date significant influence is deemed 
to arise until the date on which significant influence / joint control ceases to exist or when the interest becomes classified as an 
asset held for sale.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of a business combination over the total acquisition date fair value of the identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

The cost comprises the fair value of assets given, liabilities assumed and equity instruments issued, plus the amount of any 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree plus, if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the existing 
equity interest in the acquiree. Contingent consideration is included in acquisition date fair value and, in the case of contingent 
consideration classified as a financial liability, re-measured subsequently through profit or loss. The direct costs of acquisition are 
recognised immediately as an expense.

Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset with any impairment in carrying value being charged to the consolidated statement of 

comprehensive income.

Intangible Assets

The Group’s Intangible Assets comprise Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information88

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Customer Relationships

Intangible assets, separately identified from goodwill acquired as part of a business combination (mainly Customer Relationships), 
are initially stated at fair value. The fair value attributed is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows generated 
from the net margin of the business from the main customers taken on at acquisition. The assets are amortised on a straight-line 
basis (to administration expenses) over their useful economic lives (typically five years is deemed appropriate, however, this is  
re-examined for each acquisition).

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets include Intellectual Property and Music Licences, both acquired and internally developed. Other intangible 
assets are recognised as assets where it is probable that the use of the asset will generate future economic benefits and where 
the costs of the asset can be determined reliably. Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less 
accumulated amortization (see below) and impairment losses, if any. Subsequent expenditures on capitalised intangible assets 
are capitalised only when they increase the future economic benefits embodied in the specific assets to which they relate. All 
other expenditure is expensed as incurred. Other intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortised from the date they are 
available for use on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, being the estimated period over which the Group will use the assets. 
Residual amounts, useful lives and the amortization methods are reviewed at the end of every accounting period.

Development costs are capitalised as an intangible asset if all of the following criteria are met:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale; 

the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

the ability to use or sell the intangible asset; 

the asset will generate probable future economic benefits and demonstrate the existence of a market or the usefulness of the 
intangible asset if it is to be used internally; 

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell it;

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. 

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an intangible asset, the cost model is applied requiring the 
intangible asset to be carried at cost, less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. The intangible asset 
is amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of its expected benefit, starting from the date of full commercial use of the 
product. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. If specific events indicate that impairment 
of an item of intangible asset may have taken place, the item’s recoverability is assessed by comparing its carrying amount with its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value net of disposal costs and the value in use.

Impairment

Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful economic lives are undertaken annually at the 
financial year end. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the 
higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the smallest 
group of assets to which it belongs for which there are separately identifiable cash flows; its cash generating units (“CGUs”). 
Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s CGUs that are expected to benefit from a business combination that 
gives rise to the goodwill. 

The Group has one CGU. This CGU represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored by the Group and the lowest level 
at which management captures information for internal management reporting purposes about the benefits of the goodwill. 
Impairment charges are included in profit or loss, except to the extent they reverse gains previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the Statements of financial position and on the Statements of cash flows, cash and cash 
equivalents include cash on hand and on call deposits with financial institutions.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report89

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Foreign Currency

The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group and the functional 
currency of the Parent Company. 

Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
they operate (their “functional currency”) are recorded at the rates ruling when the transactions occur. Foreign currency monetary 
assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of 
unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

On consolidation, the results of overseas operations are translated into Euro at rates approximating to this ruling when the 
transactions took place. All assets and liabilities of overseas operations, including goodwill arising on the acquisition of those 
operations, are translated at the rate ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences arising on translating the opening net 
assets at opening rate and the results of overseas operations at actual rate are recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve.

Exchange differences recognised in profit or loss in Group entities’ separate financial statements on the translation of long-term 
items forming part of the Group’s net investment in the overseas operation concerned are classified to other comprehensive income 
and accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve on consolidation. On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange 
differences recognised in the foreign exchange reserve relating to that operation up to the date of disposal are transferred to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income as part of the profit or loss on disposal.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Contracts are typically for services, performing agreed-upon tasks for a customer and can be time-and-materials or milestone 
based. Most contracts are short term in duration (generally less than one month), however milestone based contracts can be longer 
term and extend to several months (or in some cases over a year). Where there are multiple performance obligations outlined in 
a contract, each performance obligation is separately assessed, the transaction price is allocated to each obligation, and related 
revenues are recognised as services or assets are transferred to the customer. Performance obligations are typically satisfied over 
time, as the majority of contracts meet the criteria outlined in IFRS 15 paragraph 35 (a) and (c).

Revenue is derived from seven main service groupings:

•  Art Creation Services – Art creation services relate to the production of graphical art assets for inclusion in the video game 

including concept art creation along with 2D and 3D art asset production and animation. Contracts can be either time-and-
materials based or milestone based, with performance obligations satisfied over time. Contracts are generally short term in 
duration, however for longer term contracts the input method is used to measure progress. Time and materials based contract 
revenue is recognised as the related services are rendered. For milestone based contracts where progress can be measured 
reliably towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, revenue is recognised using the input method to measure 
progress. Where progress cannot be measured reliably, revenue is recognised on milestone acceptance.

•  Game Development – Game Development relates to software engineering services which are integrated with client processes 
to develop video games. Contracts can be either time-and-materials based or milestone based, with performance obligations 
satisfied over time. Contracts are generally longer term in duration. Time and materials based contract revenue is recognised as 
the related services are rendered. For milestone based contracts where progress can be measured reliably towards complete 
satisfaction of the performance obligation, revenue is recognised using the input method to measure progress. Where progress 
cannot be measured reliably, revenue is recognised on milestone acceptance.

•  Audio / Voice-over Services – Audio Services relate to the audio production process for computer games and includes script 
translation, actor selection and talent management through pre-production, audio direction, recording, and post-production, 
including native language quality assurance of the recordings. Audio contracts may also involve music licencing or selling music 
soundtracks. Audio service contracts are typically milestone based, with performance obligations satisfied over time. Audio 
services contracts are generally short term in duration, however for longer term contracts where progress towards complete 
satisfaction of the performance obligation can be measured reliably, revenue is recognised using the input method to measure 
progress. Where progress cannot be measured reliably, audio services revenue is recognised on milestone acceptance. Music 
licencing and music soundtracks performance obligations are assessed separately, and related revenue is recognised on licence 
inception and on delivery of the soundtracks, respectively. 

•  Functional Testing – Functional Testing relates to quality assurance services provided to game producers to ensure games 
function as required. Contracts are typically time-and-materials based and performance obligations are satisfied over time. 
Contracts are generally short term in duration, however for longer term contracts the input method is used to measure 
progress. Revenue is recognised as the related services are rendered.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information90

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Revenue from Contracts with Customers continued

•  Localisation Services – Localisation services relate to translation and cultural adaptation of in-game text and audio scripts 

across multiple game platforms and genres. Contracts are typically time-and-materials based and performance obligations are 
satisfied over time. Contracts are generally short term in duration, however for longer contracts the input method is used to 
measure progress. Localisation contracts may also involve licencing translation software as a service. Such revenue is assessed 
separately. Revenue is recognised as the related services are rendered.

•  Localisation Testing – Localisation Testing involves testing the linguistic correctness and cultural acceptability of computer 
games. Contracts are typically time-and-materials based and performance obligations are satisfied over time. Contracts are 
generally short term in duration, however for longer term contracts the input method is used to measure progress. Revenue is 
recognised as the related services are rendered.

•  Player Support – Player support relates to the live operations support services such as community management, player support 
and associated services provided to producers of games to ensure that consumers have a positive user experience. Contracts 
are typically time-and-materials based and performance obligations are satisfied over time. Contracts are generally long term 
with the input method used to measure progress. Revenue is recognised as the related services are rendered.

Due to the nature of the services provided and the competitive nature of the market, contracts generally allocate specific 
transaction prices to separate performance obligations. Individual services or individual milestones generally involve extensive 
commercial negotiation to arrive at the specific agreed-upon tasks, and the related pricing outlined in the contract. Such 
negotiations extend further for milestone based contracts to also include the criteria involved in the periodic and regular process of 
milestone acceptance by the customer. Such criteria may involve qualitative, as well as quantitative measures and judgements.

In measuring progress towards complete satisfaction of performance obligations, the input method is considered to be the most 
appropriate method to depict the underlying nature of the contracts with customers, the interactive way the service is delivered 
and projects are managed with the customer. For time-and-materials contracts, other than tracking and valuing time expended, 
significant judgement is not normally involved. For milestone based contracts, progress is generally measured based on the 
proportion of contract costs incurred at the balance sheet date, (e.g. worked days) relative to the total estimated costs of the 
contract, involving estimates of the cost to completion etc. Added to this significant judgement can be involved in measuring 
progress towards customer acceptance of the milestone. Significant judgement may also be involved where circumstances arise 
that may change the original estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance 
obligations. In such circumstances estimates are revised. These revisions may result in increases or decreases in revenue or costs 
and are reflected in income in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision became known. When the outcome 
of a contract cannot be measured reliably, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent that milestone have been accepted 
by the customer. Contract costs are recognised as incurred. When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total contract 
revenue, the expected loss is recognised immediately.

Revenue recognised represents the consideration received or receivable, net of sales taxes, rebates discounts and after eliminating 
intercompany sales. Revenue is recognised only where it is probable that consideration will be received. Where consideration is 
received and the related revenue has not been recognised, the consideration received is recognised as a contract liability (Deferred 
Revenue), until either revenue is recognised or the consideration is refunded. 

Multimedia Tax Credits / Video Game Tax Relief

The multimedia tax credits (“MMTC”) received in Canada and video games tax relief (“VGTR”) in the UK, are a credit related to staff 
costs. Tax credits are recognised in the year they are earned as a deduction against direct costs but typically paid in the following 
financial year once the claims have been submitted and agreed. The nature of the grants is such that they are not dependent on 
taxable profits. Tax credits have only been recognised where management believes that a tax credit will be recoverable based on 
their experience and the success of similar historical claims.

Share-based Payments

The Company issues equity settled share-based payments to certain employees and Directors under a share options plan and a 
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report91

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Share-based Payments continued

The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. Grants do not have non-market-based vesting conditions. At each reporting date, the 
Company revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest and the impact of the revision of the original 
estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity reserves. The Company has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Where share-based payments are issued to employees of subsidiary companies, the annual cost of the option is expensed in the 
holding company and recharged to the subsidiary company through an inter-company charge.

Share Option Plan

These are measured at fair value on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model which calculates the fair value of an 
option by using the vesting period, the expected volatility of the share price, the current share price, the exercise price and the risk-
free interest rate. The fair value of the option is amortised over the vesting period, with one-third of the options vesting after two 
years, one-third after three years, and the balance vest after four years. The only vesting condition is continuous service. There is 
no requirement to revalue the option at any subsequent date. 

LTIP

The exercise of LTIP awards are subject to the Company's share price (stock symbol: KWS) performance versus the designated 
Share Index in terms of shareholder return, over a three-year period. For the awards granted up to 2015, one-third of the share 
options vested if the Company exceeded the Total Shareholder Returns (TSR) of the Numis Small Cap Index (excluding Investment 
Trusts) by 10%, two-thirds if the TSR exceeded the Index by 20% and full vesting if the TSR exceeded the Index by 30%. This was 
amended for the 2016 and 2017 awards to 100% vesting if the shareholder return exceeds the Index by 45%, and a pro-rated return 
between 10% if the TSR matches the Index, to 100% if the TSR exceeds the Index by 45%. The scheme was further amended in 
2018 to 100% vesting if the TSR exceeds the Index by 20%, and a pro-rated return between 10% and 100% if the TSR exceeds by 
between 0% and 20%. In 2019, the benchmark Index was amended for future grants to be the FTSE Small Cap Index, with the same 
performance conditions as 2018. 

These are measured at fair value, taking into account market vesting conditions but not non-market vesting conditions, at the date 
of grant, measured by using the Monte Carlo binomial model. 

Dividend Distribution

Final dividends are recorded in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Group’s 
shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when paid.

Income Taxes and Deferred Taxation

Provision for income taxes is calculated in accordance with the tax legislations and applicable tax rates in force at the reporting date 
in the countries in which the Group companies have been incorporated. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated statement of 
financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:

•  The initial recognition of goodwill;

•  The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of the 

transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and

• 

Investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting 
date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities / (assets) are settled / (recovered).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 
liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:

•  The same taxable Group company; or

•  Different Group entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to realise the assets and 
settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are 
expected to be settled or recovered.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information92

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment comprise computers, leasehold improvements, and office furniture and equipment, and are stated at 
cost less accumulated depreciation. Carrying amounts are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where the carrying amount of an asset is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable amount.

Property, plant and equipment acquired through business combinations are valued at fair value on the date of acquisition. 

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of fixed assets on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives of the assets 
concerned. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are:

Computers and software

Office furniture and equipment

Leasehold improvements

3 years

10 years

over the length of the lease

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount and are included in the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

Financial Assets

The Group’s most significant financial assets comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated 
statement of financial position, whereas the Company’s most significant financial assets comprise inter-group receivables. 

Trade Receivables 

Trade receivables, which principally represent amounts due from customers, are recognised at amortised cost as they meet 
the IFRS 9 classification test of being held to collect, and the cash flow characteristics represent solely payments of principal 
and interest. 

The Group’s impairment methodology is in line with the requirements of IFRS 9. The simplified approach to providing for expected 
credit losses has been applied to trade receivables, which requires the use of a lifetime expected loss provision.

Intercompany Receivables

Intercompany receivables are recognised at amortised cost as they meet the IFRS 9 classification test of being held to collect, and 
the cash flow characteristics represent solely payments of principal and interest. 

The Group applies the general approach to applying the expected credit losses to its related party loans. Under the General 
Approach, at each reporting date, the Group determines whether there has been a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) since 
initial recognition and whether any balances are credit impaired. This determines the amount, if any, of expected credit losses to 
be recognised. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are held to meet the working capital requirements of the Group. They include cash in hand, deposits held 
at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments. Where cash is on deposit with maturity dates greater than three 
months, it is disclosed as short-term investments.

Contract Assets

Contract assets arising from Revenue from Contracts with Customers are recognised in accordance with our Revenue Recognition 
policy, as discussed separately in this note. The Group applies the simplified approach to assessing expected credit losses in 
relation to contract assets, as the maturities of such assets are less than 12 months. Based upon the recoverability of contract 
assets at year end, no significant expected credit loss provision has been applied. 

Share Capital

Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition of a financial 
liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report93

2 Significant Accounting Policies continued
Financial Liabilities

Contingent consideration is initially recognised at fair value and subsequently re-measured through the profit and loss. Trade 
payables, bank borrowings and other monetary liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method.

Leased Assets

As described in note 1, the Group has applied IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore comparative 
information has not been restated. This means comparative information is still reported under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4. The Company has 
applied the Group policies as set out below.

Accounting policy applicable from 1 January 2019

For any new contracts entered into on or after 1 January 2019, the Group considers whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A 
lease is defined as ‘a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time 
in exchange for consideration’. 

At lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right of use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. The right of 
use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred by 
the Group, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease, and any lease payments made in 
advance of the lease commencement date (net of any incentives received).

The Group depreciates the right of use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the 
end of the useful life of the right of use asset or the end of the lease term. The Group also assesses the right of use asset for 
impairment when such indicators exist. At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value 
of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily available or 
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are made up of fixed 
payments (including in substance fixed), variable payments based on an index or rate, amounts expected to be payable under a 
residual value guarantee, and payments arising from purchase and extension options reasonably certain to be exercised.

Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for payments made and increased for interest. It is remeasured 
to reflect any reassessment or modification, or if there are changes to in substance fixed payments. When the lease liability is 
remeasured, the corresponding adjustment is reflected in the right of use asset, or profit and loss if the right of use asset is already 
reduced to zero. 

The Group has elected to account for short-term leases and leases of low value assets using the practical expedients. Instead of 
recognising a right of use asset and lease liability, the payments in relation to these are recognised as an expense in profit or loss 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for contracts in which it is a lessee that include renewal options. The 
assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease term, which significantly affects 
the lease liabilities and right of use assets recognised. 

Accounting policy applicable before 1 January 2019

Where substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group (“operating lease”), the total rental 
payables are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Where substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of a leased asset have been transferred to the Group (a 
“finance lease”), the asset is treated as if it had been purchased outright. The amount initially recognised as an asset is the lower of 
the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments payable over the term of the lease. The 
corresponding lease commitment is shown as a liability. Lease payments are analysed between capital and interest. The interest 
element is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the period of the lease and is calculated so that  
it represents a constant proportion of the lease liability. The capital element reduces the balance owed to the lessor.

Employee Benefit Trust

Ordinary shares purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust on behalf of the parent company under the Terms of the Share Option 
Plan are deducted from equity on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. No gain or loss is recognised in 
relation to the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the parent company’s ordinary shares.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information94

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

3 Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements
The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated 
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances. In the future, actual experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions. 

Judgements

The judgements, apart from those involving estimations, that management have made in the process of applying the entity’s 
accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statement, are 
outlined below.

•  Functional Currency: The Directors have considered the requirements of IAS 21 in determining the currency that most faithfully 
represents the economic effects of the underlying transactions, events and conditions to determine the Group’s functional 
currency. Detailed consideration has been given to both the Primary and Secondary Indicators in forming this conclusion. The 
Primary Indicators relate to revenues, regulation, competitive forces and costs, while the Secondary Indicators are primarily 
concerned with financing the business and the currency in which receipts from operating activities are usually retained. With 
a mix of currencies dominating the indicators, there is no clear single currency that influences the Group, however the EUR 
remains marginally the most dominant when all factors are considered. Therefore the Directors consider the EUR as the 
currency that most faithfully represents the economic effects of the underlying transactions, events and conditions. 

•  Business Combinations: When acquiring a business, the Group is required to identify and recognise intangible assets, the 
determination of which requires a significant degree of judgement. Acquisitions may also result in intangible benefits being 
brought into the Group, some of which qualify for recognition as intangible assets while other such benefits do not meet the 
recognition requirements of IFRS and therefore form part of goodwill. Customer relationships are recognised as separate 
assets where revenues are recurring in nature and material revenues have been generated with the customer for a continuous 
period of 3 years. For the Game Development service line, the key asset acquired is typically “know-how”, an asset that is not 
readily measurable and thus intrinsically linked to goodwill. Relationships are typically short term contract based rather than 
relationship based. Therefore neither customer contracts or customer relationships are typically recognised on the acquisition 
of an Game Development business.

•  Expected Credit Loss Provision on Company Receivables From Subsidiaries: As outlined in note 22, the Company has 

significant receivables from subsidiaries primarily related to investments in acquisitions. The Directors have assessed that 
they view a significant increase in credit risk to exist if there is evidence that a loan is 30 days past due its recoverable date, 
or if there is external or internal indicators that the subsidiary will not be in a position to repay its loan balances as it falls due. 
Similarly, the Group will conclude that a loan is in default if the scheduled repayments of either principal or interest are not 
being met. The Directors have assessed that loans due from subsidiaries of €205.1m (2018: €175.5m) (within Stage 1 of the 
IFRS 9 impairment assessment model), are within their repayment terms, and no significant increase in credit risk is noted. 
Furthermore having assessed the ongoing expected recovery strategy of these loans, the Directors have concluded that no 
material provision for expected credit losses is required. Separately the Company has balances of €15.2m (2018: €1.6m) which 
are technically repayable upon demand. These loans are within Stage 3 of the IFRS 9 impairment assessment model. The 
Directors have reviewed in detail the recovery strategy in relation to these loans and have concluded that the majority of these 
loans will be recoverable and therefore there is no material expected credit loss provision required. A small number of such 
loans are technically in a credit-impaired status. An expected credit loss of €212k (2018: €183k) has been recognised in relation 
to these balances. Following on the rapid expansion of the Group, the Directors have commenced a re-structuring program with 
a view to optimising the Group structure, facilitate tax efficient repatriation of cash and re-payment of loans throughout the 
Group. The Directors have taken into account both the re-structuring program and the cash generating capacity of the Group, in 
concluding that all such loans are recoverable and the expected credit loss provisions are adequate. 

• 

IFRS 16 Leases: The Group has determined that the Group’s incremental borrowing rate is the appropriate rate to use to 
discount lease liabilities. The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for contracts in which it is a lessee that 
include renewal options. The assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 
term, which significantly affects the lease liabilities and right of use assets recognised. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report95

3 Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements continued
Estimates and assumptions

The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated 
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances. In the future, actual experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions. 

A number of areas requiring the use of estimates and critical judgements impact the Group’s earnings and financial position. These 
include revenue recognition, the computation of income taxes, the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising on acquisitions, 
the valuation of multimedia tax credits / video game tax relief, leasing and the valuation of defined retirement benefits. The 
Directors consider that no reasonably possible changes to any of the assumptions used in the estimates would in the view of the 
Directors give rise to significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying value of the associated balances in the subsequent 
financial year

4 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and Segmental Analysis
Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Revenue recognised in the reporting period arises from contracts with customers, and is predominantly recognised over time. 
There were no significant amounts of revenue recognised in the reporting period that were included in a contract liability balance at 
the beginning of the reporting period, or from performance obligations satisfied in the previous reporting period. 

Revenue by line of business

Art creation*

Game Development (previously Engineering)*

Audio

Functional testing*

Localisation

Localisation testing

Player support

2019
 €’000 

43,601

66,290

40,419

68,930

48,497

22,638

36,088

2018
 €’000 

33,952

35,163

34,190

47,862

43,983

19,751

35,904

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Analysis by geographical regions is made according to the Group’s operational jurisdictions. For many contracts, operations are 
completed in multiple sites. Revenue is associated with the jurisdiction from which the final invoice to the client is raised. This does 
not reflect the region of the Group’s customers; whose locations are worldwide.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information96

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

4 Revenue From Contracts With Customers and Segmental Analysis continued
Revenue From Contracts with Customers continued

Geographical analysis of revenues

Ireland

United States

Canada

United Kingdom

Switzerland

Japan

Italy

France

India

Germany

Singapore

Spain

Poland

Brazil

China

Mexico

2019
 €’000 

118,095

52,265

48,112

41,768

19,045

15,501

9,395

7,606

6,355

1,920

1,637

1,588

1,285

802

691

398

2018
 €’000 

47,203

52,321

69,536

21,205

20,067

7,724

8,673

8,489

6,323

741

1,130

1,968

347

1,016

3,126

936

326,463

250,805

No single customer accounted for more than 10% (2018: None) of the Group’s revenue during the year. 

Revenue Expected to be Recognised

For Game Development, games are developed to an agreed specification and time schedule, and often have delivery schedules 
and / or milestones that extend well into the future. The following are Game Development revenues expected to be recognised 
for contracts with a schedule of work that extends beyond one year, representing the aggregate amount of the transaction price 
allocated to the performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of the end of the reporting period: 

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

Total 
undelivered
€’000 

24,645

10,417

Scheduled 
completion 
within 1 year
 €’000 

Scheduled 
completion  
1-2 years
 €’000 

23,593

9,112

1,052

1,305

For all service lines excluding Game Development, contracts do not extend to more than one year, therefore we do not disclose 
information concerning unsatisfied performance obligations, as allowed under the practical expedient exemption under IFRS 15. 
This practical expedient is also availed of for Game Development contracts of less than one year in duration. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
97

4 Revenue From Contracts With Customers and Segmental Analysis continued
Segmental Analysis

Management considers that the Group’s activity as a single source supplier of Services to the gaming industry constitutes one 
operating and reporting segment, as defined under IFRS 8. 

Management review the performance of the Group by reference to Group-wide profit measures and the revenues derived from 
seven main service groupings. 

There is no allocation of operating expenses, profit measures, assets and liabilities to individual product groupings. Accordingly, the 
disclosures above are provided on a Group-wide basis.

Activities are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief 
operating decision-maker has been identified as the executive management team made up of the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer.

Geographical analysis of non-current assets from continuing businesses

United States

United Kingdom

Canada

Italy

Switzerland

Ireland

China

France

Spain

Germany

Japan

Philippines

India

Mexico

Poland

Brazil

Russia

Singapore

Netherlands

Taiwan

2019
€’000

84,139

52,233

29,772

12,222

10,644

9,296

8,776

6,725

5,924

5,250

3,905

2,798

2,526

2,164

1,563

1,247

925

225

64

3

2018
€’000

84,685

48,929

11,760

11,650

11,117

3,542

7,850

6,318

1,535

1,097

796

595

2,321

885

267

888

797

52

–

4

240,401

195,088

Geographical analysis of non-current assets from continuing businesses

240,401

195,088

Investment in associate

Deferred tax assets

Non-current assets

–

5,060

245,461

160

2,967

198,215

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
98

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

5 Cost of Sales and Operating Profit

Cost of sales

Operating expenses 

Multimedia tax credits / video game tax relief

Other direct costs

Operating profit is stated after charging:

Depreciation – property, plant and equipment

Depreciation – right of use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Costs of acquisition and integration

Short term leases (2018: total lease expense)

Costs of acquisition and integration

Post-acquisition integrations costs re: 2019 acquisitions (note 28)

Post-acquisition integrations costs re: 2018 acquisitions

Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration (note 18)

Deferred consideration related to continuing employment

Acquisition related and other borrowing costs

Acquisition team and related costs

Other re-organisation and restructuring costs

Auditor's remuneration

Audit services:

Parent company and Group audit

Subsidiary companies audit

Non-audit services:

Audit related assurance services

Taxation compliance

2019
 €’000 

213,011 

(16,063)

 9,286 

2018
 €’000 

 163,112 

(12,220)

 4,105 

206,234

154,997

2019
 €’000 

 7,295 

 7,849 

 7,318 

 4,348 

1,616

2019
 €’000 

 535 

 406 

 493 

 567 

 262 

 550 

 1,535 

4,348

2019
 €’000 

 285 

 202 

 12 

 – 

499

2018
 €’000 

 5,316 

–

 6,872 

 5,296 

8,708

2018
 €’000 

–

 758 

 766 

 590 

 693 

 614 

 1,875 

5,296

2018
 €’000 

 329 

 137 

 16 

 7 

489

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
99

2019
 €’000 

2018
 €’000 

74

–

74

(629)

(934)

(694)

(330)

(1,658)

(4,245)

(4,171)

–

791

791

(503)

(502)

–

(311)

–

(1,316)

(525)

2019
 €’000 

2018
 €’000 

(3)

8,523

(1,058)

7,462

2019
 €’000 

17,371

4,519

491

(929)

(369)

4,354

(133)

(1,524)

(1,176)

1,064

1,473

(308)

7,462

–

9,592

(2,401)

7,191

2018
 €’000 

22,094

5,345

–

(352)

(368)

2,205

(588)

(1,035)

(131)

730

1,529

(144)

7,191

6 Financing Income and Cost

Financing income

Interest receivable

Foreign exchange gain

Financing cost

Bank charges

Interest expense

Unwinding of discounted liabilities – lease liabilities

Unwinding of discounted liabilities – deferred consideration

Foreign exchange loss

Net financing income / (cost)

7 Taxation

Current income tax

Income tax on profits of parent company

Income tax on profits of subsidiaries

Deferred tax (note 26)

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to accounting profit as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax charge based on the Effective Tax Rate*

Tax settlement regarding a pre-acquisition issue

Corporate tax prior year (over) / under provision

Deferred tax prior year (over) / under provision and impact of change in tax rates

Items disallowed for tax purposes

Exempt and non taxable income

Tax incentives

Current year tax losses utilised

Current year tax losses where deferred tax has not been provided

State and other direct taxes

Other differences – net

Total tax charge

*  Effective tax rate – being the statutory tax rate relative to the profit before tax 

in each jurisdiction

26.0%

24.2%

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
100

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

7 Taxation continued
The Group’s subsidiaries are located in different jurisdictions and are taxed on their residual profit in those jurisdictions. The 
effective tax rate will vary year on year due to the effect of changes in tax rates and changes in the proportion of profits in 
each jurisdiction. 

Tax effects relating to each component of other comprehensive income

Exchange gain / (loss) in net investments foreign operations

Tax (expense) / benefit

Net of tax amount

Actuarial gain / (loss) on defined benefit plans

Tax (expense) / benefit

Net of tax amount

Exchange gain / (loss) on translation of foreign operations

Tax (expense) / benefit

Net of tax amount

8 Earnings per Share

Basic

Diluted

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Denominator (weighted average number of equity shares) 

Basic*

Diluting impact of Share Options

Diluted*

* Includes (weighted average) shares to be issued

2019
 €’000 

1,267

–

1,267

(167)

5

(162)

5,960

–

5,960

2019
 € cent 

15.23

14.73

 €’000 

9,909

2018
 €’000 

1,270

–

1,270

27

6

33

771

–

771

2018
 € cent 

23.16

22.24

 €’000 

14,903

 Number 

 Number 

65,081,403

64,335,162

2,187,083

2,679,932

67,268,486

67,015,094

510,350

1,321,707

Contingently issuable Ordinary Shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per Ordinary Share where the 
conditions governing exercisability have not been satisfied:

LTIPs

Share options

Details of the number of share options outstanding at the year-end are set out in note 17.

2019
 Number 

2,067,536

1,128,000

2018
 Number 

951,800

544,900

3,195,536

1,496,700

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
101

9 Dividends

Dividends paid

Final

Interim

Dividends paid to shareholders 2018

Final

Interim

Dividends paid to shareholders 2019

In respect 
of

Approval 
date

€ cent per 
share

Pence STG 
per share

2017

2018

2018

2019

Apr-18

Sep-18

Apr-19

Sep-19

 1.11 

 0.60 

 1.71 

 1.21 

 0.65 

 1.86 

 0.98 

 0.53 

 1.51 

 1.08 

 0.58 

 1.66 

Total 
dividend 
€’000

 696 

 384 

 1,080 

 773 

 424 

 1,197 

Payment 
date

Jun-18

Oct-18

Jun-19

Oct-19

The Group does not recognise deferred tax on unremitted retained earnings, as in general, retained earnings are continually 
re- invested by the Group and dividends are only remitted where there are minimal tax consequences. 

At 31 December 2019, Retained earnings available for distribution (being retained earnings plus share option reserve) in the 
Company were €16.4m (2018: €4.1m). The Directors do not foresee any impediment in continuing to implement the dividend policy 
of the Group.

Following on distributions made in 2016 and 2017 that were not fully in compliance with the Companies Act 2006, the Directors have 
implemented legal advice to ensure ongoing compliance and rectify the oversights in earlier periods, which was envisaged in the 
Annual Report and Accounts 2018. Following the approval by shareholders of a specific resolution at the 2019 AGM, the Company 
entered into deeds of release, to put all relevant parties in the position where they were always intended to be, had the relevant 
dividends been made in accordance with the Act. Interim accounts for the Company have also been filed at Companies House to 
support the payment of an interim dividend in 2019.

10 Staff Costs
Total staff costs (including Directors) comprise the following:

Group

Salaries and related costs

Share option expense

Company

Salaries and related costs

Share option expense

2019
 €’000 

201,158

9,775

210,933

2019
 €’000 

1,916

9,775

11,691

2018
 €’000 

146,785

4,129

150,914

2018
 €’000 

1,525

4,011

5,536

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

10 Staff Costs continued
The average number of employees comprises the following:

Group

Average number of employees

Operations 

General and administration

Company

Average number of employees

Operations 

General and administration

Key management compensation is as follows:

Salaries and related costs

Social welfare costs

Pension costs

Share option expense

2019

2018

6,778

646

7,424

4,733

505

5,238

2019

2018

–

26

26

2019
 €’000 

1,384

140

35

943

2,502

–

13

13

2018
 €’000 

907

99

27

501

1,534

The key management compensation includes compensation to eight Directors of Keywords Studios PLC during the year 
(2018: seven).

The key management compensation presented for 2019 also includes additional executives of the Group, of which only one was 
included in 2018. 

11 Goodwill

At 1 January 2018

Recognition on acquisition of subsidiaries (note 28)

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2018

Recognition on acquisition of subsidiaries (note 28)

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2019

2019
 €’000 

108,062

43,144

2,996

154,202

16,950

4,487

175,639

The Group assesses the carrying value of goodwill each year on the basis of budget projections for the coming year extrapolated 
using a one to five year growth rate and a terminal value calculated using a long term growth rate projection. The discount rate 
used of 12.5% (2018: 12.5%) is based on the Board’s assessment of the WACC of the Group. The WACC assessment is supported by 
an annual independently calculated report, using the Capital Asset Pricing Model. However, the Board have excluded the impact of 
short term market volatility on these calculations in determining the Group WACC. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
103

11 Goodwill continued
Key Assumptions

1 to 5 year growth rate assumption

Long term growth rate assumption

Value in use (€m)

Carrying value – goodwill (€m)

Actual

Sensitivity analysis

2019

10%

2%

469

176

2018

10%

2%

445

154

2019

15%

2%

560

2018

15%

2%

532

2019

5%

2%

398

2018

5%

2%

378

The value in use calculations were consistently calculated year over year, with no significant changes in the assumptions made.  
The result of the value in use calculations was that no impairment is required in this period. 

12 Intangible Assets

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Recognition on acquisition of subsidiaries

Additions

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2018

Recognition on acquisition of subsidiaries

Additions

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2019

Amortisation

At 1 January 2018

Amortisation charge

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2018

Amortisation charge

Exchange rate movement

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Customer 
relationships
 €’000 

Intellectual 
property /
Development 
costs
 €’000 

Music 
licences
 €’000 

Total
 €’000 

29,282

6,564

–

867

36,713

–

–

907

37,620

5,734

6,758

179

12,671

7,001

346

20,018

24,042

17,602

–

–

1,521

–

1,521

1,615

391

–

3,527

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,521

3,527

–

362

78

(4)

436

–

–

18

454

–

114

1

115

317

21

453

321

1

29,282

6,926

1,599

863

38,670

1,615

391

925

41,601

5,734

6,872

180

12,786

7,318

367

20,471

25,884

21,130

Customer relationships, intellectual property / development costs and music licences are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
five years. Customer relationships and music licence amortisation commences on acquisition, whereas intellectual property / 
development costs amortisation commences when the product is launched.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
104

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

13 Property, Plant and Equipment
Group

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Currency revaluation

Additions

Acquisitions through business combinations at fair value

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Currency revaluation

Additions

Acquisitions through business combinations at fair value

Disposals

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2018

Currency revaluation

Depreciation charge

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Currency revaluation

Depreciation charge

Disposals

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Computers and 
software
€’000

Office furniture 
and equipment
€’000

Leasehold 
improvements
€’000

12,474 

(114)

 6,248 

362 

(645)

18,325 

 1,042 

 6,815 

300 

 (1,639)

24,843 

 7,252 

 (51)

 3,805 

(645)

10,361 

639 

 5,226 

 (1,501)

14,725 

 7,964 

10,118 

 4,316 

 (15)

 1,082 

272 

(248)

 5,407 

275 

 1,657 

232 

(824)

 6,747 

 2,222 

 11 

643 

(185)

 2,691 

160 

703 

(803)

 2,751 

 2,716 

 3,996 

 3,424 

 27 

 2,110 

332 

 (89)

 5,804 

497 

 4,673 

231 

 (44)

11,161 

629 

 74 

868 

 (89)

 1,482 

267 

 1,366 

(3)

 3,112 

 4,322 

 8,049 

Total
€’000

20,214 

(102)

 9,440 

966 

(982)

29,536 

 1,814 

13,145 

763 

 (2,507)

42,751 

10,103 

 34 

 5,316 

(919)

14,534 

 1,066 

 7,295 

 (2,307)

20,588 

15,002 

22,163 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

13 Property, Plant and Equipment continued
Company

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Additions

At 31 December 2018

Additions

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2018

Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2018

Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

14 Trade Receivables
Group

Computers and 
software
€’000

Office furniture 
and equipment
€’000

Leasehold 
improvements
€’000

Total
€’000

 2 

 2 

 4 

 1 

 5 

 1 

 1 

 2 

 1 

 3 

 2 

 2 

–

145 

145 

–

145 

–

 8 

 8 

15 

23 

137 

122 

–

268 

268 

12 

280 

–

18 

18 

29 

47 

250 

233 

 2 

415 

417 

13 

430 

 1 

27 

28 

45 

73 

389 

357 

Trade receivables 

Provision for bad debts (note 23)

Financial asset held at amortised cost

Trade receivables arise from revenues derived from contracts with customers.

15 Other Receivables 
Group – Short Term

Accrued income from contracts with customers

Prepayments and rent deposits

Other receivables

Multimedia tax credits / video games tax relief

Tax and social security

2019
€’000

44,526

(1,283)

43,243

2018
€’000

38,736

(1,717)

37,019

2019
 €’000 

7,010

4,089

3,151

17,626

3,537

35,413

2018
 €’000 

6,317

2,490

2,459

10,820

1,373

23,459

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

15 Other Receivables continued
Company – Short Term

Intercompany receivables (financial assets held at amortised cost)

Prepayments

Other receivables

Company – Long Term

Intercompany receivables (financial assets held at amortised cost)

2019
 €’000 

15,220

702

174

16,096

2018
 €’000 

1,600

109

28

1,737

2019
 €’000 

208,352

208,352

2018
 €’000 

175,509

175,509

Accrued income from contracts with customers, represent mainly contract assets in process and related items. The movement 
in the year is comprised of transfers in and out as items are accrued and subsequently invoiced to customers, with no significant 
amounts written off or impaired in the period. 

16 Shareholders’ Equity
Share Capital

At 1 January 2018

Acquisition related  
issuance of shares:

Cord and Laced

Synthesis

Synthesis in lieu  
of deferred cash

Fire Without Smoke

Mindwalk

Blindlight

Snowed In

Studio Gobo and  
Electric Square

The Trailerfarm

Around the Word

Acquisition related 
issuance of shares

Issue of shares on  
exercise of share options 

At 31 December 2018 

 Number of 
ordinary  
£0.01 
shares

 Number of 
ordinary 
£0.01 
shares – to 
be issued

 Share 
capital 
€’000

 Share 
premium 
 €’000 

 Merger 
reserve 
 €’000 

 Share 
capital – to 
be issued  
€’000 

 Issue date 

 Per share € 

  61,708,205

2,172,000

737

102,054

28,878

11,620

09–Apr

24–Apr

24–Apr

30–May

14–Jun

11–Jun

20–Jul

20–Aug

18–Sep

01–Oct

17.48 

–

73,744

2.91 

1,188,263 (1,188,263)

19.39 

20.12 

51,562

–

–

77,006

3.67 

513,189

(513,189)

20.57 

19.55 

19.74 

21.33 

12.07 

–

–

–

–

64,521

37,983

254,529

11,070

66,262

(66,262)

1,819,276 (1,248,861)

0.67 

260,805

–

–

15

1

–

6

–

–

–

–

1

23

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,289

3,440

(3,455)

999

–

–

1,550

1,880

(1,886)

–

–

–

–

1,327

743

5,024

236

799

(800)

7,118

4,028

171

–

–

  63,788,286 

923,139 

763 

 102,225 

35,996 

15,648 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

16 Shareholders’ Equity continued
Share Capital continued

 Number of 
ordinary  
£0.01 
shares

 Number of 
ordinary 
£0.01 
shares – to 
be issued

 Share 
capital 
€’000

 Share 
premium 
 €’000 

 Merger 
reserve 
 €’000 

 Share 
capital – to 
be issued  
€’000 

 Issue date 

 Per share € 

04–Jan

16–Jan

16–Jan

04–Jun

06–Jun

11–Jun

26–Jun

12–Aug

20–Aug

24–Sep

01–Oct

26–Nov

12–Dec

12.46 

–

60,179

16.48 

243,442

(243,442)

14.13 

20.12 

7,801

–

77,006

(77,006)

9.12 

160,297

(160,842)

17.93 

20.57 

19.55 

–

35,560

64,521

(64,521)

37,983

(37,983)

19.74 

254,949

(254,529)

21.31 

13.12 

15.94 

15.86 

11,070

(11,070)

–

–

–

68,608

70,246

 41,382 

857,069

(573,418)

1.34

567,160

–

–

3

–

1

2

–

1

–

3

–

–

–

–

10

7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

–

750

4,010

(4,013)

110

1,548

1,461

–

1,326

743

5,021

236

–

–

–

–

(1,549)

(1,468)

638

(1,327)

(743)

(5,024)

(236)

900

1,120

614 

14,455

(10,338)

754

–

–

  65,212,515

349,721

780

102,979

50,451

5,310

Acquisition related 
issuance of shares:

Sunny Side Up

Sperasoft 

Sperasoft re: bonus to 
employees

Fire Without Smoke

Red Hot

Descriptive Video Works

Blindlight

Snowed in

Studio Gobo and Electric 
Square

The Trailerfarm

TV+SYNCHRON

Ichi

Kantan

Acquisition related 
issuance of shares

Issue of shares on exercise 
of share options

At 31 December 2019

There is no limit to the number of shares which the Company can issue, nor are there are any restrictions on dividends or 
distributions on such shares.

Shares to be issued are valued at the share price at the date of acquisition, and are recorded as shares to be issued, in accordance 
with IAS 32.16.

Shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)

Ordinary shares held in the EBT

2019

2018

Number

335,425

€’000

1,997

Number

335,425

€’000

1,997

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
108

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

16 Shareholders’ Equity continued
Reserves

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within owners’ equity:

Reserve

Description and purpose

Retained earnings

Cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Foreign exchange 
reserve

Share premium

Gains or losses arising on retranslation of the net assets of the overseas operations into Euro.

The share premium account is the amount received for shares issued in excess of their nominal 
value, net of share issuance costs.

Share option reserve

The share option reserve is the credit arising on share-based payment charges in relation to the 
Company’s share option schemes.

Share capital –  
to be issued

For deferred consideration which is to be provided for by the issue of a fixed number of shares at a 
future defined date, where there is no obligation on Keywords to offer a variable number of shares, 
the deferred consideration is classified as an Equity Arrangement and the value of the shares is 
fixed at the date of the acquisition. 

Merger reserve

The merger reserve was initially created following the Group reconstruction, when Keywords 
Studios PLC acquired the Keywords International Limited Group of companies.

When the Group uses Keywords Studios PLC shares as consideration for the acquisition of an entity, 
the value of the shares in excess of the nominal value (net of share issuance costs) is also recorded 
within this reserve, in line with S612 of the Companies Act 2006.

17 Share Options
In July 2013, at the time of the IPO, the Company put in place a Share Option Scheme and a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”).  
The charge in relation to these arrangements is as follows:

Share option scheme expense

LTIP option expense

2019
 €’000 

1,520 

8,255 

9,775

2018
 €’000 

 646 

3,483 

4,129

Of the total share option expense, €754k relates to Directors of the Company (2018: €501k). 

Share Option Scheme

Share options are granted to Executive Directors and to permanent employees. The exercise price of the granted options is equal 
to the market price of the shares at the time of the award of the options. The Company has no legal or constructive obligation to 
repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Weighted average share price at date of exercise

2019

2018

Average 
exercise price in 
£ per share

7.11 

15.88 

14.74 

2.66 

9.96 

1.89 

15.98 

Number of 
options

1,832,701

729,000

(175,807)

(237,792)

2,148,102

809,440

Average  
exercise price in 
£ per share

2.79 

17.10 

13.24 

1.93 

7.11 

1.47 

17.68 

Number of 
options

1,375,201

591,000

(65,246)

(68,254)

1,832,701

706,524

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
109

17 Share Options continued
Share Option Scheme continued

Summary by year

Year of Option

Exercise price

Outstanding at the beginning  
of the period

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

2013

£1.20

2015

£1.58

2016

£2.54

2017

£7.76

2018

2019

Total

£17.10

£15.88

275,484

605,033

139,184

268,500

544,500

–

1,832,701

–

–

–

–

–

–

729,000

729,000

(1,422)

(7,005)

(21,880)

(75,000)

(70,500)

(175,807)

(96,925)

(59,130)

(40,950)

(40,787)

–

–

(237,792)

Outstanding at the end of the period

178,559

544,481

91,229

205,833

469,500

658,500

2,148,102

Exercisable at 31 December 2019

178,559

544,481

Exercisable 2020

Exercisable 2021

Exercisable 2022

Exercisable 2023

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

41,567

49,662

44,833

–

80,500

156,500

–

–

809,440

286,662

–

–

–

80,500

156,500

219,500

456,500

–

–

156,500

219,500

376,000

–

219,500

219,500

The inputs into the Black-Scholes model, used to value the options are as follows:

Year of Option

Weighted average share price (£)

Weighted average exercise price (£)

Fair value at measurement date (€)

2013

£1.23

£1.20

€0.81

2015

£1.64

£1.58

€0.56

2016

£2.54

£2.54

€0.40

2017

£7.74

£7.76

€1.13

2018

£17.21

£17.10

€3.79

2019

Total

£16.09

£15.88

€4.96

Average expected life

4 Years

4 Years

4 Years

4 Years

4 Years

4 Years

Expected volatility

Risk free rates

Average expected dividend yield

Weighted average remaining life of 
options in months

36.12%

28.03%

27.17%

24.79%

35.87%

45.43%

0.50%

1.00%

0.90%

0.75%

0.58%

0.55%

0.16%

0.21%

0.89%

0.10%

0.81%

0.10%

–

–

5

17

29

41

26

Expected volatility was determined by reference to KWS volatility. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Long Term Incentive Plan

LTIP share awards are subject to KWS performance verses the designated share index over a three-year period. 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Weighted average share price at date of exercise

2019

2018

Average 
exercise price in 
£ per share

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

16.17 

Number of 
options

2,677,467

1,298,136

(200,367)

(329,368)

3,445,868

732,299

Average  
exercise price in 
£ per share

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

17.50 

Number of 
options

1,976,416

996,000

(102,398)

(192,551)

2,677,467

436,667

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
110

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

17 Share Options continued
Long Term Incentive Plan continued

Summary by year

Year of option

Exercise price

Outstanding at the beginning  
of the period

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

2013

£0.01

2015

£0.01

2016

£0.01

2017

£0.01

2018

£0.01

2019

£0.01

Total

£0.01

222,238

214,429

625,000

664,000

951,800

–

2,677,467

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,298,136

1,298,136

(20,000)

(94,800)

(85,567)

(200,367)

(17,965)

(13,470)

(297,933)

–

–

–

(329,368)

Outstanding at the end of the period

204,273

200,959

327,067

644,000

857,000

1,212,569

3,445,868

Exercisable at 31 December 2019

204,273

200,959

327,067

–

Exercisable 2020

Exercisable 2021

Exercisable 2022

Year of option

Weighted average share price (£)

Weighted average exercise price (£)

Fair value at measurement date (€)

–

–

–

2013

£1.60

£0.01

€0.62

–

–

–

2015

£1.63

£0.01

€1.38

–

–

–

644,000

–

–

2016

£2.56

£0.01

€1.74

2017

£7.75

£0.01

€4.96

–

–

857,000

–

–

–

732,299

644,000

857,000

–

1,212,569

1,212,569

2018

2019

Total

£17.24

£16.05

£0.01

£0.01

€11.83

€13.98

Average expected life

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

Expected volatility

Risk free rates

Weighted average remaining life of 
options in months

36.12%

28.21%

27.11%

24.79%

35.87%

45.26%

0.50%

0.88%

0.54%

0.16%

0.89%

0.79%

–

–

–

5

17

29

17

LTIP’s vest on the third anniversary of the grant, if the market performance criteria are met. LTIPs must be exercised before the 
seventh anniversary of the grant. 

The options were valued using a Monte Carlo binomial model using the following inputs:

•  Expected volatility was determined by reference to KWS volatility. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted based  
on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

•  As any dividends earned are to be re-invested into the business the impact of dividends has been ignored in the calculation of 

the LTIP share option charge.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report111

2019
 €’000 

2018
 €’000 

22,809

3,833

6,104

5,966

–

16,671

2,338

3,890

18,249

5

38,712

41,153

216

69

285

2019
 €’000 

10,091

818

118

271

– 

5

1,057

1,062

2018
 €’000 

4,572

784

66 

13 

– 

11,298

5,435

5,561 

– 

– 

5,561 

568 

– 

– 

568 

18 Other Payables
Group

Current liabilities

Accrued expenses

Payroll taxes

Other payables (ii)

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Related party payable

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Company

Current liabilities

Intercompany payables

Accrued expenses

Payroll taxes

Other payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Non-current liabilities

Intercompany payables

Other payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
112

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

18 Other Payables continued
Group

(i)  The movement in deferred and contingent consideration during the financial year was as follows:

Opening balance

Consideration settled by cash

Consideration settled by shares

Unwinding of discount (note 6)

Additional liabilities from current year acquisitions (note 28)

Fair value adjustments (note 5)

Translation adjustment

Company

Opening balance

Consideration settled by shares

Unwinding of discount

2019
 €’000 

19,306

(14,711)

–

330

237

493

380

2018
 €’000 

3,642

(1,603)

(1,000)

311

17,068

766

122

6,035

19,306

2019
 €’000 

–

–

–

– 

2018
 €’000 

971

(1,000)

29

– 

In general, in order for contingent consideration to become payable, pre-defined profit and / or revenue targets must be exceeded. 
The valuation of contingent consideration is derived using data from sources that are not widely available to the public and involves 
a degree of judgement (Level 3 input in the fair value hierarchy). On an undiscounted basis, the Group may be liable for deferred and 
contingent consideration ranging from €nil to a maximum of €6.163m. A 10% movement in expected performance results, has no 
impact on the fair value of the contingent consideration, and hence there are no reasonably probable changes to the assumptions 
and inputs (including the discount rate), that would lead to a material change to the fair value of the total amount payable.

(ii)   Other payables includes deferred income from contracts with customers of €2,609k (2018: €312k), which mainly comprise items 
invoiced prior to services being delivered. The movement in the year is comprised of transfers in and out as items are deferred 
and subsequently recognised as revenue.

19 Employee Defined Benefit Plans
In line with statutory requirements in France, Italy and India, we are required to maintain employee defined benefit termination 
payment schemes. 

In France, employees are entitled to a lump-sum on retirement or early termination, based on salary and length of service 
(‘Indemnité de Fin de Carrière’ or IFC), entitling the Group’s French employees to benefits of up to 2 month’s salary per year 
of service.

In Italy, on leaving employment, each employee is entitled to 1/13.5 of their final salary for each year of service (‘Trattamento di Fine 
Rapporto’ or TFR).

In India, in compliance with statutory requirements, employees with over 5 years service are entitled a termination benefit of 15/26 
of monthly salary for each year of service (‘Gratuity’ benefits).

The Group commissions an actuarial valuation of the related liabilities in each jurisdiction annually.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
113

19 Employee Defined Benefit Plans continued
The liabilities at year end are recorded as long term. The actuarial gain or loss is recorded separately within Other comprehensive 
income. The movements through the year are as follows:

Group

Opening liabilities at 1 January

Liabilities in India recognised at 1 January 2018

Liabilities in France recognised at 1 January 2019

Service cost 

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Actuarial (gain) / loss recorded

Closing liabilities at 31 December

2019
 €’000 

1,378

–

210

307

35

(48)

167

2,049

2018
 €’000 

1,055

188

–

247

32

(117)

(27)

1,378

The Directors have considered the key specific risk factors which the Group faces due to the employee defined benefit plans 
which are in place. Having fully considered all specific elements of these plans the Directors believe that the key issues faced are 
as follows:

•  The plan is currently 100% unfunded, there are no specific assets to meet the future liabilities as they fall due, as such there will 

be a cash flow impact as the liabilities must be met with current working capital as they fall due.

The Group has taken no specific actions to mitigate against these factors as due to the long-term nature of the plans it is expected 
that there will be no sudden financial impact on the Group’s results caused by any of these factors. A maturity profile of the 
obligation is not presented as the liability is not significant in the context of the Group, and due to the age profile of employees a 
significant outlay is not anticipated for the foreseeable future. 

In 2020, the Group expects the costs of the employee benefit plan to be in line with current year levels, as staff levels are anticipated 
to not change significantly in the period.

The actuarial valuation is based on the Projected Unit Credit Method, in line with IAS 19.

Cost for year

Service cost

Interest cost

Liabilities in France recognised at 1 January 2019

Actuarial (gain) / loss

Actuarial (gain) / loss

Change due to experience

Change due to demographical assumptions

Change due to financial assumptions

2019
 €’000 

2018
 €’000 

307

35

210

167

719

2019
 €’000 

28

(24)

163

167

247

32

–

(27)

252

2018
 €’000 

2

(38)

9

(27)

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
114

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

19 Employee Defined Benefit Plans continued
Assumptions Underlying the Actuarial Valuations and Sensitivities of the Assumptions

For the actuarial valuations the following demographic and economic and financial assumptions were applied:

•  Mortality probabilities were derived from the population demographics, as recorded by the Government Statistics Offices in 

each jurisdiction.

•  Disability, retirement age and other relevant demographic assumptions were taken from relevant life assurance statistics.

•  Certain inputs were estimated by management including 

 –

 –

Employee attrition rates, estimated based on company experience in each jurisdiction.

In Italy, TFR rules allow for early drawdown of benefits in certain circumstances. Such advances were estimated on the basis 
of company experience.

2019

2018

Economic and Financial Assumptions

Salary increase

Inflation

Discount rate 

Key Statistics

Staff (number)

Average age (years)

Average service (years)

Interest Rate Sensitivities

(0.25%)

0.25%

Mortality Rate Sensitivities

(0.025%)

0.025%

Staff Turn Over Rate Sensitivities

(0.50%)

0.50%

Staff Salary Increases Rate Sensitivities

(0.50%)

0.50%

3.38%

2.06%

1.64%

 749 

 31 

 4 

2019
€’000

 2,179 

 1,964 

 2,056 

 2,054 

 2,090 

 2,046 

 2,033 

 2,103 

3.08%

2.18%

2.43%

 558 

 32 

 3 

2018
€’000

 1,456 

 1,308 

 1,379 

 1,378 

 1,389 

 1,369 

 1,370 

 1,390 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

2019
€’000

80

–

59,671

59,751

2018
€’000

40,071

–

230

40,301

20 Loans and Borrowings
Group

Expiry within 1 year

Expiry between 1 and 2 years

Expiry over 2 years

In 2019 the Company amended and extended it’s existing Syndicated Bank revolving credit facility (‘RCF’). 

The RCF allows financing of up to €100 million, with an option to increase this by up to €40m to a total of €140 million. The RCF 
extends to October 2022, with an option to extend this maturity date by up to a further 2 years.

In connection with the RCF, security has been granted over the major subsidiaries of the Group and the lenders also require 
the Group to comply with and report interest cover and leverage ratios in connection with its financial covenants. There were 
no changes to these covenant requirements in the amended RCF. The Group was in full compliance with its financial covenants 
throughout each of the periods presented. Non-compliance with terms of the RCF could result in lenders refusing to advance more 
funds, or in the worst case, calling in outstanding loans.

While technically the borrowings are repaid and re-borrowed multiple times during the term of the RCF, so long as the Group 
remains compliant with the financial covenants and certain other terms of the RCF, the debt is rolled from one period to another, 
with the legal and commercial substance of a multi-year committed facility. Hence the Group has presented the RCF as a 
non-current liability, while in the prior period, the original RCF arrangement was presented as a current liability, because the 
arrangements were in the process of being re-negotiated.

There were a number of drawdowns during the financial year to fund new acquisitions. During 2019, excess funds of €7.5m were 
used to make a partial repayment of outstanding loans. As at 31 December 2019 the Group had €59.5 million outstanding under the 
RCF, at a rate based on a margin over EURIBOR, plus a separate margin charged for the unutilised facility.

Loans owed by Keywords Studios QC-Interactive Inc at the end of 2018 of €0.3m reduced to €0.25m during 2019. 

Loans and borrowings (classified as financial liabilities under IFRS 9), are held at amortised cost. Interest expenses which are 
calculated using the effective interest method, are disclosed in note 6.

The currencies of these loans are as follows:

Group

Euro

Canadian Dollars

Company

Euro

2019
€’000

59,500

251

59,751

2019
€’000

59,500

59,500

2018
€’000

40,000

301

40,301

2018
€’000

40,000

40,000

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
116

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

21 Investment in Subsidiaries
Company

2019
€’000

30,670

2018
€’000

30,670

The results and financial position of all the subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Details of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries as at 31 December 2019 are set out below:

Name

Country of 
incorporation

Date of 
incorporation /
acquisition

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
ordinary share 
capital held

Registered office

Keywords International Ltd 

Ireland

13-May-98

100% Whelan House, South County Business 

Park, Dublin 18, Ireland. 

Keywords International Co Ltd 

Japan

30-Nov-10

100% 5F, Aoba No.1 Bldg. 2-3-1 Kudanminami, 

Keywords International Inc. 

USA

26-Sep-12

Chiyoda, Tokyo, 102-0074 Japan.

100% 18300 Redmond Way, Suite 120, 
Redmond, WA 98052

KW Studios Limited*

Liquid Violet Ltd*

Keywords Studios QC-Games Inc. 

UK

UK

Canada 
(Quebec)

29-May-13

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

15-Jan-14

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

17-Feb-14

100% 1751 Richardson, suite 8400, Montréal, 

Québec, Canada H3K1G6

Babel Media USA Inc. 

USA

17-Feb-14

100% 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington,  

DE 19808, USA

Babel Media India Private Limited

India

17-Feb-14

100% 3rd floor, Vardhman Orchard Plaza,  

Plot No 4, LSC, West Enclave, 
Pitampura, New Delhi, 110034, India

Babel Media Ltd*

UK

17-Feb-14

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

Keywords International Pte. Limited

Singapore

24-Apr-14

100% 20 Kallang Avenue, #06-6A, Lobby B, 

Keywords Studios Italy S.R.L.

Keywords Studios Los Angeles Inc. 
(Formerly Binari Sonori America Inc.)

Italy

USA

08-May-14

08-May-14

Binari Sonori Audio Productions LLC

USA

08-May-14

Pico Creative Centre, Singapore 339411

100% Via Egadi 2, Milano, MI, 20144, Italy

100% 350 N. Glenoaks Blvd., Suite 305, 
Burbank, CA 91502, USA

100% 350 N. Glenoaks Blvd., Suite 305, 
Burbank, CA 91502, USA

Lakshya Digital Private Limited*

India

09-Oct-14

100% 3rd floor, Vardhman Orchard Plaza,  

Plot No 4, LSC, West Enclave, 
Pitampura, New Delhi, 110034, India

Edugames Solutions Private Limited 

India

09-Oct-14

100% D – 3/C, Munirka Flats, New Delhi – 110067

Lakshya Digital Singapore Pte. Ltd

Singapore

09-Oct-14

100% 20 Kallang Avenue, #06-6A, Lobby B, 

Keywords Studios QC-Tech Inc.

Canada 
(Quebec)

Keywords International 
Barcelona SL 

Spain

09-Jan-15

06-Jan-15

100% 1751 Richardson Street Suite 8400 

Pico Creative Centre, Singapore 339411

Montreal QC H3K 1G6 Canada

100% Passeig de Gràcia 49, 1er2a, 08007 
Barcelona, Catalonia, Spain

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
117

21 Investment in Subsidiaries continued
Company continued

Name

Keywords do Brasil Localizacao e 
Traducao Ltda

Keywords (Shanghai) Information 
Technology Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

Date of 
incorporation /
acquisition

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
ordinary share 
capital held

Registered office

Brazil

18-Jan-15

100% Av. Churchill, 109 – Sala 204 – Centro,  

China

02-Apr-15

Rio de Janeiro-RJ, Brazil CEP: 20020-050

100% 142 Room, Building 7, No.311 Jin Gao 
Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai

Keywords Studios Spain SLU

Spain

16-Jul-15

100% Julián Camarillo 6A, 3B, 28037 Madrid, 

Spain 

Kite Team Mex S.de R.L. de. CV 
(Currently in process of changing 
name to Keywords Studios Mexico, 
S. de R.L. de C.V.)

Mexico

16-Jul-15

100% Av. Insurgentes Sur 1853, Guadalupe Inn, 

01020 Ciudad de México, CDMX Mexico

Liquid Development LLC

USA

19-Aug-15

100% 411 SW 2nd Ave #300, Portland,  

OR 97204, USA

Keywords Asia Private Ltd

Singapore

15-Mar-16

100% 20 Kallang Avenue #06-6A, Lobby B 

Pico Creative Centre Singapore 339411

Synthesis Deutschland GmbH*

Germany

12-Apr-16

100% Holstenkamp 46 A, Bahrenfeld, 22525 

Hamburg, Germany

Synthesis Global Solutions SAS*

Switzerland 12-Apr-16

100% Corso Elvezia 16, 6900 Lugano, Ticino, 

Switzerland

Keywords Studios France SAS

France

08-Jun-16

100% 11 rue Torricelli, 75017 Paris, France 

Player Research Ltd

UK

26-Oct-16

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Keywords Studios  
QC-Interactive Inc.

SPOV Ltd 

Xloc Inc. 

GameSim Inc. 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

Canada 
(Quebec)

UK

USA

USA

16-Nov-16

100% 1751 Richardson Street Suite 8400 

Montreal QC H3K 1G6 Canada

16-Feb-17

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

08-May-17

100% 712 Presnell Court, Raleigh,  
NC 27615-1240, USA

16-May-17

100% 12000 Research Parkway, Suite 436, 

Orlando, FL 32826, USA

Strongbox Ltd

Seychelles

19-May-17

100% Suites 103, 106 and 107 Premier 

Building, Victoria, Mahe, Seychelles

Red Hot Software (Shanghai) Ltd

China

19-May-17

100% Dong Ti Yu Hui Road #860, Building 5, 

Red Hot Software (Zhengzhou) Ltd

China

19-May-17

Eastern New Media Limited

Hong Kong

19-May-17

4th Floor, Shanghai, China

100% Room 207, 11th Floor, Building No. 3,  
No. 57 Ke Xue Da Dao, Zheng Zhou,  
He Nan, China 

100% Flat/Rm 4304, 43F, China Resources 
Building, 26 Harbour Road, Wanchai, 
Hong Kong

PT Limitless Indonesia

Indonesia

19-May-17

100% JI. Timoho II, No. 32, Yogyakarta,

Around the Word GmbH 

Germany

03-Aug-17

100% Rosenstrasse 2, D-10178 Berlin

D3T Ltd 

UK

19-Oct-17

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information118

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

21 Investment in Subsidiaries continued
Company continued

Name

Country of 
incorporation

Date of 
incorporation /
acquisition

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
ordinary share 
capital held

Registered office

Keywords US Holdings Inc.

USA

23-Oct-17

100% 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington,  

New Castle County, Delaware 19801, USA.

Keywords Canada Holdings Inc.

Keywords Studios BC Inc.

Canada 
(Quebec)

Canada 
(BC) 

27-Oct-17

100% 1751 Richardson Street Suite 8400 

Montreal QC H3K 1G6 Canada

27-Oct-17

100% 400-725 Granville Street, Vancouver,  

BC V7G 1G5, Canada

VMC Consulting Corporation

USA

24-Oct-17

100% 11611 Willows Road NE, Redmond,  

WA 98052, United States of America 

Sperasoft Poland Spólka z.o.o.

Poland

13-Dec-17

100% Ul. Na Kozłówce 27, 30-664 Kraków, 

Poland

Sperasoft Studios LLC

Russia

13-Dec-17

100% 196084, Russia, Saint-Petersburg, 

Kievskaya street, 5 – building 

Sperasoft Inc.

USA

13-Dec-17

100% 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B, 

Wilmington, DE 19805, USA

Keywords Studios Ltd*

Ireland

27-Mar-18

100% Whelan House, South County Business 

Keywords UK Holdings Limited

Keywords Ventures Limited

Laced Music Ltd

Cord Worldwide Ltd

Cord Artists Management Limited

Paleblue Limited

Fire Without Smoke Ltd

Fire Without Smoke Inc.

Blindlight LLC

Snowed In Studios, Inc. 

Studio Gobo Limited

Bitsy SG Limited

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

USA

USA

Park, Dublin 18, Ireland. 

28-Mar-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

06-Apr-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

07-Apr-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

07-Apr-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

07-Apr-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

07-Apr-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

29-May-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

29-May-18

100% 12701 Marblestone Drive, Suite 330, 

Woodbridge, Virginia, 22192 USA

08-Jun-18

100% 8335 Sunset Blvd. West Hollywood,  

CA 90069 USA

Canada 
(Ontario)

UK

UK

19-Jul-18

100% 400 – 981 Wellington Street 

West Ottawa, Ontario K1Y 2Y1 Canada 

17-Aug-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

17-Aug-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report119

21 Investment in Subsidiaries continued
Company continued

Name

Electric Square Limited

Alset Ltd

Itsy SGD Limited

d3t Development Ltd 

The Trailerfarm Limited

Country of 
incorporation

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Date of 
incorporation /
acquisition

17-Aug-18

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
ordinary share 
capital held

Registered office

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

17-Aug-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

17-Aug-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

30-Aug-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

13-Sep-18

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

Sunny Side Up Inc.

Canada

03-Jan-19

100% 355 De La Silice Street, Boischatel, 

Quebec City, G0A 1H0, Canada

AppSecTest Limited

UK

22-Jan-19

48% Unit 13 Orton Enterprise Centre, 

Keywords Studios Netherlands B.V.

Netherlands 05-Feb-19

Wizcorp Inc.

Japan

18-Apr-19

Bakewell Road, Peterborough, 
Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom,  
PE2 6XU

100% Juliana van Stolberglaan 4-10, 2595CL 
The Hague, the Netherlands

100% 3-10-14, Higashi-Nihonbashi 3-chome, 
Sunrise Tachibana 6F, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, 
Japan

Descriptive Video Works Inc.

Canada

11-Jun-19

100% 400-725 Granville Street, Vancouver,  

BC V7G 1G5, Canada

Descriptive Video Works USA Inc

USA

11-Jun-19

100% 300 Deschutes Way SW 304, Tumwater, 

Keywords Germany Holdings GmbH

Germany

06-Sep-19

TV+SYNCHRON Berlin GmbH

Germany

01-Oct-19

WA, 98501, United States

100% Moriz Seeler Straße 5-7, Franz Ehrlich 
Haus, 12489 Berlin, Germany

100% Moriz Seeler Straße 5-7, Franz Ehrlich 
Haus, 12489 Berlin, Germany

Ichi Holdings Limited

Ichi Limited

UK

UK

26-Nov-19

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

26-Nov-19

100% 201 Temple Chambers, 3-7 Temple 

Ichi Creative Ltd Inc.

USA

26-Nov-19

Avenue, London, England, EC4Y 0DT

100% 1679 South DuPont Highway, Suite 100, 
City of Dover, Kent, 19901, USA

9145 – 9115 Inc.

Canada

04-Dec-19

100% 1751 Richardson Office 8400, Montreal, 

Canada, H3K 1G6

Xcelerator Machine  
Translations Limited

Ireland

12-Dec-19

100% Invent, Dublin City University, Glasnevin, 

Dublin 9, Ireland

* 

indicates a direct subsidiary (all other holdings are indirect, being subsidiaries of various intermediate group holding companies).

Post acquisition, the Group reviews entities to streamline activities and close any dormant entities acquired or restructured entities. 

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information120

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

21 Investment in Subsidiaries continued
Company continued

Re-structuring details are set out below:

Country of 
incorporation

Date of 
incorporation /
acquisition 

Proportion 
of voting 
rights and 
ordinary 
share 
capital held

Re-structuring details

Date of 
re-structuring

Canada 

22-Dec-10

100% Merged into Keywords Canada  

01-Jan-19

Holdings Inc.

Name

Keywords International 
Corporation Inc. 

Volta Creation Inc.

Canada 

28-Jul-16

100% Merged into Keywords Canada  

01-Jan-19

Holdings Inc. 

Global Video Games 
Services Inc.

Canada 

16-Nov-16

100% Merged into Keywords Canada  

01-Jan-19

Holdings Inc.

Sillabit S.R.L

Italy

12-Apr-16

100% Merged into Keywords Studios  

01-Jan-19

Italy S.R.L.

Cord World Wide Spain, SL

Spain

07-Apr-18

100% Dissolved

23-Dec-19

22 Related Parties and Shareholders
Italicatessen Limited, a company registered in Ireland, is related by virtue of a common significant shareholder. P.E.Q. Holdings 
Limited is 100% owner of Italicatessen Limited. At 31 December 2019, P.E.Q. Holdings Limited owned 5.37% (2018: 6.3%) of the 
Company. In addition, Mr. Giorgio Guastalla is a Director of Italicatessen Limited, P.E.Q. Holdings Limited and the Company, and owns, 
or controls, 90% of the share capital of P.E.Q. Holdings Limited.

The following transactions arose with Italicatessen Limited, which provides canteen services to Keywords International Limited, on 
an arms length basis:

Operating expenses

Canteen charges

The following are year-end balances owing by the Group:

Italicatessen Limited

2019
€’000

73

73

2019
€’000

13

13

2018
€’000

44

44

2018
€’000

5

5

The Group paid the following amounts, on an arms length basis, to Mr. Giorgio Guastalla, Director of the Company, and shareholder 
of P.E.Q. Holdings Limited, in respect of rent on premises occupied by employees of the Group in Dublin.

Operating expenses

Rental payment

2019
€’000

2018
€’000

25

25

22

22

The details of key management compensation (being the remuneration of the Directors) are set out in note 10.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
121

22 Related Parties and Shareholders continued
As at 31 December 2019 and 2018, the Company had amounts receivable from its subsidiaries as follows:

Receivables from subsidiaries related to investment in acquisitions

Receivables from subsidiaries relating to trading activities

Company – Short Term (note 15)

Company – Long Term (note 15)

2019
€’000

208,352

15,220

223,572

2019
€’000

15,220

208,352

223,572

2018
€’000

 175,509 

1,600

177,109

2018
€’000

 1,600 

175,509

177,109

23 Financial Instruments and Risk Management
Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates. The Group’s 
income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The management monitors 
interest rate fluctuations on a continuous basis and acts accordingly.

Where the Group has a significant amount of surplus cash, it invests in higher earning interest deposit accounts. 

Due to interest rate conditions, the interest rates for short-term deposits are at similar levels to those achieved for longer-terms. 

The effect of a strengthening or a weakening of 1% in interest rates charged during the reporting period on the interest expense 
would have resulted in the following pre-tax profit / (loss) impact for the year:

Interest expense

Credit Risk

 2019 
€’000

 2019 
€’000

 2018 
€’000

 2018 
€’000

 1% 
Strengthening

 1%  
Weakening

 1%  
Strengthening

1%  
Weakening

(503)

503

(352)

352

The Group’s main financial assets are cash and cash equivalents, as well as trade and other receivables which represent the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk in connection with its financial assets. 

Credit risk arises when a failure by counterparties to discharge their obligations could reduce the amount of future cash inflows 
from financial assets on hand at the reporting date. Credit risk arising in the context of the Group’s operations is not significant with 
the total bad debt provision at the balance sheet date amounting to 3.0% of net trade receivables (2018: 4.6%). Customer credit risk 
is managed at appropriate Group locations according to established policies, procedures and controls. Customer credit quality is 
assessed and credit limits are established where appropriate. Outstanding customer balances are regularly monitored and a review 
for indicators of impairment (evidence of financial difficulty of the customer, payment default, breach of contract etc.) is carried out 
at each reporting date. Significant balances are reviewed individually while smaller balances are grouped and assessed collectively. 
Receivables balances are unsecured and non-interest-bearing. The trade receivables balances disclosed comprise a large number of 
customers spread across the Group’s activities and geographies with balances classified as “Not past due” representing 84% of the 
total trade receivables balance at the balance sheet date (2018: 74%). Trade and other receivables are carried on the consolidated 
statement of financial position net of bad debt provisions.

Group Treasury manage bank balances centrally, and monitors the credit rating and stability of the institutions the Group banks with.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
122

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

23 Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
The ageing of trade receivables can be analysed as follows: 

Group

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

Total
€’000

 43,243 

 37,019 

Not
 past due
€’000

 36,208 

 27,504 

1-2 months 
past due
€’000

 6,136 

 7,996 

A provision for doubtful debtors is included within trade receivables and can be reconciled as follows:

Provision at the beginning of the year

Impairment of financial assets (trade receivables) charged to administration expenses

Foreign exchange movement in the year

Utilised

Provision at end of the year

2019
€’000

 1,717 

 500 

 54 

(988)

1,283

More than 
2 months 
past due
€’000

 899 

 1,519 

2018
€’000

 418 

 2,055 

(30)

(726)

1,717

Trade receivables loss allowance is estimated using a practical expedient to arrive at lifetime expected credit losses. Overdue 
receivables are evaluated to calculate an expected credit loss using a historical credit loss experience of 0.5% (2018: 0.5%). Taking 
into account internal and external information, the historical credit loss experience may be adjusted where it is determined that 
there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Where a receivable is credit impaired, the impairment is recognised immediately, 
and impaired balances are removed from the expected credit loss calculation. 

Trade receivables gross

Credit impaired 

Expected credit losses

At 31 December 2019

Trade receivables gross

Credit impaired 

Expected credit losses

At 31 December 2018

Total
€’000

44,526

(1,071)

(212)

Not 
past due
€’000

36,386

–

(178)

1-2 months 
past due
€’000

6,166

–

(30)

43,243

36,208

6,136

Total
€’000

 39,074 

(1,872)

(183)

37,019

Not 
past due
€’000

 27,874 

(234)

(136)

27,504

1-2 months 
past due
€’000

 8,586 

(551)

(39)

7,996

More than 
2 months  
past due
€’000

1,974

(1,071)

(4)

899

More than 
2 months  
past due
€’000

 2,614 

(1,087)

(8)

1,519

Related party receivables of €nil were past due at 31 December 2019 (2018: €nil).

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report123

23 Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
Company

As presented in note 22, receivables from subsidiaries relating to investments in acquisitions, comprise term loans extended to 
subsidiaries, while receivables from subsidiaries relating to trading activities, comprise trading balances repayable on demand. 
Balances are analysed in terms of the risk profile of the subsidiary. A small number of balances were deemed to be technically 
credit impaired under IFRS 9, and an expected credit loss of €212k (2018: €183k), was recognised in the period relating to these 
receivables. Taking into account internal and external information, it was determined that a significant increase in credit risk had not 
occurred in the reporting period for the remaining receivables from subsidiaries. A 12 month expected credit loss of €nil (2018: €nil) 
was recognised in the period relating to these receivables.

Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The foreign 
exchange risk arises for the Group where assets and liabilities arise in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity. 

The Group’s policy, where possible, is for Group entities to manage foreign exchange risk at a local level by matching the currency in 
which revenue is generated with the expenses incurred and by settling liabilities denominated in their functional currency with cash 
generated from their own operations in that currency. Where Group entities have liabilities denominated in a currency other than 
their functional currency (and have insufficient reserves of that currency to settle them), cash already denominated in that currency 
will, where possible, be transferred from elsewhere within the Group. 

The Group is predominantly exposed to currency risk on the balances held within working capital across the Group and the 
exposure is concentrated in the movement of the Canadian Dollar, US Dollar and Sterling against the Euro. The effect of a 
strengthening or weakening of 10% in those currencies against the Euro at the reporting date on the working capital balances 
would, all other variables held constant, have resulted in the following pre-tax profit / (loss) impact for the year:

US Dollar to Euro

Canadian Dollar to Euro

Sterling to Euro

Total Financial Assets and Liabilities

2019 
€’000

2019 
€’000

2018 
€’000

2018 
€’000

10% 
Strengthening

10%  
Weakening

10%  
Strengthening

10% 
Weakening

 3,052 

 1,779 

1,535

(2,497)

(1,455)

(1,256)

 2,140 

 2,026 

884

(1,946)

(1,842)

(803)

The carrying amount of the financial assets and liabilities shown in the Consolidated and Company Statements of financial position 
are stated at amortised costs, with the exception of contingent consideration held at fair value.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the financial charges on its debt instruments.

The Group’s policy is to ensure that it will have sufficient cash to allow it to meet its liabilities when they become due. The Directors 
consider liquidity risk is mitigated by the strong working capital position, with €120m of current assets, including cash of €42m 
available to settle liabilities as they fall due.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information124

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

23 Financial Instruments and Risk Management continued
Liquidity Risk continued

The following are the contractual maturities (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of the Group’s and Company’s 
financial liabilities:

Group

At 31 December 2019

Trade payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Loan interest

Lease liabilities

Total

At 31 December 2018

Trade payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Loan interest

Lease liabilities

Total

Company

At 31 December 2019

Trade payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Loan interest

Lease liability

Total

At 31 December 2018

Trade payables

Deferred and contingent consideration (i)

Other payables

Loans and borrowings

Loan interest

Lease liability

Total

Within 1 year
€’000

1-2 years
€’000

2-5 years
€’000

Over 5 years
€’000

89,713

88,421

Total
€’000

8,027

6,035

32,962

59,751

102

21,907

128,784

Total
€’000

7,142

19,306

22,909

40,301

55

n/a

Total
€’000

 139 

 – 

 16,859 

 59,500 

102

 626 

Total
€’000

 285 

 – 

 6,003 

40,000

55

n/a

8,027

5,966

32,746

80

102

7,741

54,662

Within 1 year
€’000

7,142

18,249

22,904

40,071

55

n/a

 139 

 – 

 11,298 

 – 

102

 203 

 285 

 – 

 5,435 

40,000

55

n/a

46,343

45,775

–

69

216

–

–

4,770

5,055

1-2 years
€’000

–

1,057

5

–

–

n/a

1,062

–

–

–

59,671

–

7,382

67,053

–

–

–

–

–

2,014

2,014

2-5 years
€’000

Over 5 years
€’000

–

–

–

230

–

n/a

230

–

–

–

–

–

n/a

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 209 

209

 – 

 – 

 5,561 

 59,500 

–

 214 

65,275

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

n/a

–

 – 

 – 

 568 

–

–

n/a

568

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

n/a

–

77,226

11,742

Within 1 year
€’000

1-2 years
€’000

2-5 years
€’000

Over 5 years
€’000

Within 1 year
€’000

1-2 years
€’000

2-5 years
€’000

Over 5 years
€’000

(i) 

 Deferred and contingent consideration at 31 December 2019 has arisen on business combinations, and is based on set amounts 
to be paid in the future to sellers under share purchase agreements.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report125

24 Leasing
The Group has entered into leases, across the business, principally relating to property. These property leases have varying terms 
and renewal rights. 

Group

Right of use assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Adjustments from adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Acquisitions through business combinations at fair value

Currency revaluation

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Depreciation charge

Currency revaluation

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

2019
€’000

 – 

 23,138 

 4,315 

 990 

 941 

 29,384 

 – 

 7,849 

 66 

 7,915 

 – 

 21,469 

Lease payments not recognised as a liability

The Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term of 12 months or less) or 
for leases of low value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed on a straight-line basis. The expenses in the period 
relating to payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability were as follows:

Short-term leases

Leases of low value assets

The future minimum lease payments related to these leases were as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

2019
€’000

 1,616 

–

1,616

2019
€’000

 651 

–

–

651

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
126

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

24 Leasing continued

Group continued

Lease liabilities

The maturity analysis of the lease liabilities are as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

2019 
€’000

Lease 
payments

 8,281 

 12,321 

 2,718 

23,320

2019  
€’000

Finance 
charges

 582 

 216 

 703 

1,501

2019  
€’000

Liabilities 

 7,741 

 12,152 

 2,014 

21,907

The value of leases not yet commenced to which the lessee is committed, which are not included in lease liabilities at 31 December 
2019, were €nil. 

The interest expense on the unwinding of the lease liabilities is presented in note 6, while the total cash outflow in relation to leases 
is presented in the Consolidated statement of cash flows. 

Impact analysis

The impact of IFRS 16 on certain key metrics is as follows:

IFRS performance measure

Calculated with reference to reported performance

Unwinding of liabilities (note 6)

Depreciation (note 24)

Leases expenses now reported under IFRS 16

Calculated excluding the impact of IFRS 16

2019 
€’000

 Operating 
profit 

21,542

–

7,849

(8,114)

21,277

2019 
€’000

2019 
€ cent

Profit  
after tax

 Basic earnings 
per share 

9,909

694

7,849

(8,114)

10,338

15.23

1.07

12.06

(12.47)

15.89

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
127

2019
€’000

 – 

 785 

 – 

 – 

 40 

 825 

 – 

 200 

 6 

 206 

 – 

 619 

24 Leasing continued
Company

Right of use assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Adjustments from adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Acquisitions through business combinations at fair value

Currency revaluation

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Depreciation charge

Currency revaluation

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

Lease payments not recognised as a liability

The Company has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term of 12 months or less) 
or for leases of low value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed on a straight-line basis. The expenses in the 
period relating to payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability were as follows:

Short-term leases

Leases of low value assets

The future minimum lease payments related to these leases were as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

2019
€’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

2019
€’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
128

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

24 Leasing continued

Company continued

Lease liability

The maturity analysis of the lease liability is as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

25 Capital Management
Group

Loans and borrowings (note 20)

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt / (net cash) position 

Total equity

Net debt / (net cash) to capital ratio (%)

2019 
€’000

2019 
€’000

Lease payments 

Finance charges 

 216 

 431 

 – 

647

 12 

 9 

 – 

21

2019
€’000

59,751

(41,827)

17,924

222,958

8.0%

2019 
€’000

Liability 

 204 

 422 

 – 

626

2018
€’000

40,301

(39,871)

430

192,375

0.2%

The Group manages capital by monitoring debt to capital and net debt ratios. This debt to capital ratio is calculated as net debt to 
total equity. Net debt is calculated as loans and borrowings (as shown in the Consolidated statement of financial position) less cash 
and cash equivalents. The liquidity risk and cash management for the Group is managed centrally by the Group Treasury function. 
The Board receives projections on a monthly basis as well as information regarding cash balances. The Group’s strategy is to 
preserve a strong cash base and secure access to finance at reasonable cost by maintaining a good credit rating. 

26 Deferred Tax
Details of the deferred tax assets and liabilities, and amounts recognised in the Income statement are as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances

Defined benefit termination payments

Available losses

Rent free period provisions

Fixed asset tax base versus accounting book value

Deferred tax related to tax credits

Deferred tax arising on items deductible on a paid basis

Deferred tax arising on intangibles

Net tax assets / (liabilities)

Impact of change in tax rates

Prior year (over) / under provision

Total (credited) / charged to income statement

2019 
€’000

Assets 

–

50

1,450

11

578

474

2,497

–

5,060

–

–

–

2019 
€’000

Liabilities 

–

–

–

–

575

3,637

1,507

3,803

9,522

–

–

–

2019 
€’000

Net 

–

50

1,450

11

3

(3,163)

990

(3,803)

(4,462)

–

–

–

2019 
€’000

(Credited) / charged 
to income statement

(1)

16

(575)

19

484

695

469

(1,990)

(883)

(80)

(95)

(1,058)

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
129

26 Deferred Tax continued

Accelerated capital allowances

Defined benefit termination payments

Available losses

Rent free period provisions

Fixed asset tax base versus accounting book value

Deferred tax related to tax credits

Deferred tax arising on items deductible on a paid basis

Deferred tax arising on intangibles

Net tax assets / (liabilities)

Impact of change in tax rates

Prior year (over) / under provision

Total (credited) / charged to income statement

2018 
€’000

Assets 

–

66

875

30

558

–

1,438

–

2,967

–

–

–

2018 
€’000

Liabilities 

1

–

–

–

71

2,468

155

5,793

8,488

–

–

–

The deferred tax asset not recognised on available losses at the period end is €3.1m (2018: €3.9m).

27 Investment in Associate

Opening balance

Investment in AppSecTest Limited

Additional investment in AppSecTest Limited

Share of post-tax profit / (loss) of equity accounted associate

Recognised as a business combination (note 28)

2018 
€’000

Net 

(1)

66

875

30

487

(2,468)

1,283

(5,793)

(5,521)

–

–

–

2019
€’000

160

–

114

–

(274)

–

2018 
€’000

(Credited) / charged 
to income statement

1

(3)

40

4

(100)

(112)

(415)

(1,448)

(2,033)

(4)

(364)

(2,401)

2018
€’000

–

226

–

(66)

–

160

In May 2018, the Group, through the newly established Keywords Ventures Limited, invested £100k (€114k) for 15% of the share 
capital of AppSecTest Limited. Incorporated in the UK, AppSecTest is creating a cloud based automatic testing solution for mobile 
apps, including games (principally for GDPR compliance). A further investment of £100K (€112K) was made in September 2018 
bringing the total investment to 30% of the share capital of the company. Following an additional investment on 20 January 2019, 
the Group considers this to be a business combination, having acquired effective control over the entity.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
130

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

28 Business Combinations / Acquisitions Completed in the Current Year

Sunny 
Side Up
€’000

AppSecTest
€’000

GetSocial
€’000

Wizcorp
€’000

Descriptive  
Video  
Works
€’000

TV+SYNCHRON
€’000

Ichi
€’000

Syllabes
€’000

Kantan
€’000

Total
€’000

Date of acquisition

04-Jan-19

22-Jan-19

21-Feb-19

18-Apr-19

11-Jun-19

01-Oct-19

26-Nov-19

04-Dec-19

12-Dec-19

Canada

UK

Netherlands

Japan

Canada

Germany

UK / USA

Canada

Ireland

Acquisition company 
jurisdiction

Book value of 
identifiable assets 
and liabilities

Property, plant  
and equipment

Right of use assets

Intangible assets

Trade and other 
receivables – gross

Bad debt provision

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade and  
other payables

Lease liabilities

Loan

Fair value 
adjustments

Identifiable 
intangible assets 
– development costs

Identifiable  
tangible assets

Pension liability – 
adjustment

Deferred tax 
liabilities

Total fair value 
adjustments

Total identifiable 
assets

Non-controlling 
interest

Attributable  
to Keywords

Goodwill

Total consideration

Net book value 

248

270

116

(136)

44

–

–

84

–

338

(218)

–

–

219

–

–

2

–

67

(18)

–

–

10

–

125

–

–

–

(19)

–

–

37

178

–

377

–

297

(847)

(178)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

86

84

–

165

–

93

(83)

(84)

–

261

–

–

–

–

–

193

394

–

161

–

424

(530)

(394)

(402)

(154)

–

–

–

–

–

18

–

–

205

–

512

107

76

–

81

–

–

8

–

–

722

732

125

484

1,559

–

–

381

2,112

(347)

(105)

(1,128) (3,295)

–

–

388

(76)

–

83

–

–

(732)

(402)

(255)

821

–

–

–

–

–

–

41

–

–

1,490

1,490

–

41

432

432

–

–

41

1,922

1,963

248

270

116

(136)

–

(148)

248

3,845

4,093

122

152

274

–

116

54

170

–

(136)

1,088

952

261

–

261

1,864

2,125

(154)

388

124

1,667

2,784

–

–

(154)

3,660

3,506

388

3,598

3,986

–

124

199

323

–

(148)

1,667

2,636

2,490 16,950

4,157 19,586

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
131

28 Business Combinations / Acquisitions Completed in the Current Year continued

Sunny 
Side Up
€’000

AppSecTest
€’000

GetSocial
€’000

Wizcorp
€’000

Descriptive  
Video  
Works
€’000

TV+SYNCHRON
€’000

Ichi
€’000

Syllabes
€’000

Kantan
€’000

Total
€’000

100%

48%

Asset 
purchase

100%

100%

100% 100%

Asset 
purchase

100%

3,342

274

170

952

–

–

751

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,373

112

–

640

2,606

2,866

–

–

–

–

900

1,120

197

126

–

–

3,543

15,323

–

–

238

–

614

4,025

4,093

274

170

952

2,125

3,506

3,986

323

4,157

19,586

–

60,179

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

35,560

68,608 70,246

–

–

–

–

41,382

275,975

% Share capital  
acquired

Satisfied by:

Cash

Deferred cash

Deferred cash contingent 
on performance

Shares to be issued

Total consideration 
transferred

Number of shares

Issued at the date  
of acquisition

Fixed amount  
agreed to be issued 

Net cash outflow  
arising on acquisition

Cash paid in 2019

3,342

114

170

952

1,373

2,606

2,866

197

3,543

15,163

Less: cash and cash 
equivalent balances 
transferred

Net cash outflow – 
acquisitions

Related acquisition costs 
charged through to the 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

Pre-acquisition revenue  
in H1

Pre-acquisition revenue  
in H2

Pre-acquisition revenue 
with Keywords Group

Post-acquisition revenue

Pro forma revenue

Pre-acquisition profit / 
(loss) before tax

Post-acquisition profit / 
(loss) before tax

Pro forma profit / (loss) 
before tax

(338)

(67)

–

(297)

(93)

(424)

(512)

–

(381)

(2,112)

3,004

47

170

655

1,280

2,182

2,354

197

3,162

13,051

101

–

–

–

2,378

2,378

–

701

701

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7

25

–

–

142

167

36

656

–

–

1,202

1,858

(23)

1

(202)

(755)

(563)

(202)

(778)

(562)

69

558

–

–

852

1,410

7

273

280

151

35

1

135

535

1,285

1,859

217

309

4,909

1,006

700

199

353

2,258

(68)

1,245

–

175

–

50

–

22

(68)

6,066

3,468

2,734

466

684

13,165

(146)

480

28

(196)

151

413

(28)

3

(12)

(170)

267

452

31

(208)

(19)

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information132

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

28 Business Combinations / Acquisitions Completed in the Current Year continued
The acquisitions made in the year are in line with the Group’s strategy to grow organically and by acquisition, as it selectively 
consolidates the highly fragmented market for video game services. The companies will bring additional talent, expertise and 
industry experience to Keywords’ client base. Being able to offer the additional services to our clients will further enhance our 
reputation as the leading provider of services to the global video games industry.

The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of acquisitions in the year are set out 
in the table above. 

The main factors leading to the recognition of goodwill on the acquisitions are the presence of certain intangible assets in the 
acquired entities, which are not valued for separate recognition, such as the experience and expertise in:

•  producing trailers for the marketing and support of video games in Sunny Side Up.

• 

• 

• 

social media technology for the games industry in GetSocial.

engineering services in Wizcorp, in particular for the mobile development market in Japan.

audio description services for broadcast and over the top streamed programming in Descriptive Video Works.

•  dubbing and localising into German across a range of entertainment formats in TV+SYNCHRON.

• 

• 

creative and marketing services to the video games, sports and entertainment sectors globally in Ichi.

audio recording and casting services in French and English for the video games industry and media and entertainment 
customers in Syllabes.

• 

automated translation technology in Kantan.

The total amount of goodwill arising on business combinations completed in 2019, that is expected to be deductible for tax 
purposes was €nil.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report133

Total
€’000

19,280

31,850

(10,835)

6

–

40,301

–

27,000

402

–

–

27,000

402

(71)

(7,902)

(7,973)

–

80

80

21

(80)

21

–

59,671

59,751

Current
€’000

18,250

31,850

(10,100)

40,000

Non-current
€’000

–

–

–

–

Total
€’000

18,250

31,850

(10,100)

40,000

–

27,000

(7,500)

59,500

29 Supplementary Information to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Group movement on Loans

At 1 January 2018

Cash flows:

Cash received via additional loans in the year

Repayment of loans

Non-cash flows:

Amounts recognised on business combinations

Non-current transferred to current

At 31 December 2018

Current
€’000

18,943

Non-current
€’000

337

31,850

(10,835)

6

107

40,071

–

–

–

(107)

230

Re-designated from current to non-current 

(40,000)

40,000

Cash flows:

Cash received via additional loans in the year

Loans acquired on acquisition (note 28)

Repayment of loans

Non-cash flows:

Foreign exchange difference on Canadian loans

Non-current transferred to current

At 31 December 2019

Company movement on Loans

At 1 January 2018

Cash flows:

Cash received via additional loans in the year

Repayment of loans

At 31 December 2018

Re-designated from current to non-current 

(40,000)

40,000

Cash flows:

Cash received via additional loans in the year

Repayment of loans

At 31 December 2019

–

–

–

27,000

(7,500)

59,500

As explained in note 20, following the renegotiation of the RCF, the Group has re-designated these borrowings as non-current.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information134

Notes forming part of the consolidated  
and company financial statements continued

30 Events after the Reporting Date
Since the year end the Group’s operations have been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. This has resulted in 
restrictions being put in place requiring most of the Group’s studios to be temporarily closed. The Group has been able to move 
over 5,500 employees to work from home arrangements and whilst this has resulted in some short term disruption it has allowed 
production to continue across most of the Group’s operations. 

In consultation with clients, the Group continues to make preparations to move more of the production staff to this model, 
particularly in the Testing business (Functional and Localisation Testing) with the aim of establishing a new model of testing from 
home, where testing had previously been conducted from secure facilities. 

It is very difficult to predict how long the studio closures will be in place for, but demand for the Group’s services remain robust, the 
broader video games industry has historically shown resilience in times of economic downturn and the Group has the ability to flex 
its cost base in response to a reduction in trading activity. 

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportAlternative performance measures

135

The Group reports a number of alternative performance measures (APMs) to present the financial performance of the business, 
that are not GAAP measures as defined under IFRS. The Directors believe that these measures, in conjunction with the IFRS 
financial information, provide the users of the financial statements with additional information to provide a more meaningful 
understanding of the underlying financial and operating performance of the Group. The measures are also used in the Group’s 
internal strategic planning and budgeting processes and for setting internal management targets. These measures can have 
limitations as analytical tools and therefore should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for IFRS measures. 

The principal measures used by the Group are set out below:

Organic revenue growth – Acquisitions are a core part of the Group’s growth strategy. Organic revenue growth measures are used 
to help understand the underlying trading performance of the Group excluding the impact of acquisitions. Organic revenue growth 
is calculated by adjusting the prior year revenues, adding pre-acquisition revenues for the corresponding period of ownership to 
provide a like for like comparison with the current year, and applying the prior year’s (2018) foreign exchange rates to both years.

Constant exchange rates (CER) – Given the international nature of the Group’s operations, foreign exchange movements can have 
an impact on the reported results of the Group when they are translated into the Group’s reporting currency of Euros. In order to 
understand the underlying trading performance of the business, revenue is also presented using rates consistent with the prior 
year in order to provide year over year comparability. 

Adjusted profit and earnings per share measures – Adjusted profit and earnings per share measures are used to provide 
management and other users of the accounts with a clear understanding of the underlying profitability of the business over time. 
Adjusted profit measures are calculated by adding the following items back to the equivalent GAAP profit measures:

•  Amortisation of intangible assets – Customer relationships and music licence amortisation commences on acquisition, whereas 

intellectual property / development costs amortisation commences when the product is launched. These costs, by their nature, 
can vary by size and amount each year. As a result, amortisation of intangibles is added back to assist with the understanding 
of the underlying trading performance of the business and to allow comparability across regions and categories.

•  Costs of acquisition and integration – The level of acquisition activity can vary each year and therefore the costs associated 

with acquiring and integrating businesses are added back to assist with the understanding of the underlying trading 
performance of the Group. 

•  Share-based payments – The Group uses share-based payments as part of remuneration to align the interests of senior 
management and employees with shareholders. These are non-cash charges and the charge is based on the Group’s 
share price which can change. The costs are therefore added back to assist with the understanding of underlying trading 
performance.

•  Foreign exchange gains and losses – The Group does not hedge foreign currency translation exposures. The effect on the 

Group’s results of movements in exchange rates can vary each year and are therefore added back to assist with understanding 
the underlying trading performance of the business. 

Free cash flow measure – The Group aims to generate sustainable cash flow (Free cash flow) in order to support its acquisition 
program and to fund dividend payments to shareholders. Free cash flow is measured as net cash provided by operating activities 
after deducting aquisition and integration cash outlay, capital expenditure, tax and interest payments.

IFRS 16 Leasing – The new leasing standard, IFRS 16 is effective from 1 January 2019 and has been adopted from that date with 
no restatement of prior year comparatives required. The new standard has not had a material impact on either adjusted profit 
before tax or the underlying net cash flows of the business but it has changed the presentation of the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the Consolidated statement of cash flows and the Consolidated statement of financial position. In order to 
aid the users of the accounts we have presented the current year APMs excluding the impact of IFRS 16 to aid comparability with 
the prior year comparatives. 

The remainder of this section provides a reconciliation of the APMs with the relevant IFRS GAAP equivalent.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information136

Alternative performance measures continued

Service line analysis 
The following table presents revenue growth by service line at both actual exchange rates (AER) and constant exchange rates 
(CER). Constant exchange rates are calculated by retranslating current year reported numbers at the full year average exchange 
rates for the prior year, in order to give management and other users of the accounts better visibility of underlying trading 
performance against the prior period. 

Art creation*

Game development (previously Engineering)*

Audio

Functional testing*

Localisation

Localisation testing

Player support

2019  
Revenue  
AER
€m

2019  
Revenue  
CER
€m

2018* 
Revenue  
AER
€m

Change from 
2018 FY, AER
%

Change from 
2018 FY, CER
%

43.6

66.3

40.5

68.9

48.5

22.6

36.1

41.5

64.4

39.8

65.6

47.3

21.9

34.2

34.0

35.2

34.2

47.8

44.0

19.7

35.9

326.5

314.7

250.8

28.2% 

88.4% 

18.4% 

44.1% 

10.2% 

14.7% 

0.6% 

30.2% 

22.1% 

83.0% 

16.4% 

37.2% 

7.5% 

11.2% 

(4.7%)

25.5% 

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Pro forma revenue
Pro forma revenue is calculated by adding pre-acquisition revenues of current year acquisitions, excluding any pre-acquisition 
revenues with the Keywords Group, to the current year revenue numbers.

Art creation

Game development (previously Engineering)

Audio

Functional testing

Localisation

Localisation testing

Player support

2019  
Revenue  
at AER 
€m

2019  
Pre-acquisition 
revenue  
AER 
€m

 2019  
Pro forma 
Revenue  
AER 
€m

43.6

66.3

40.5

68.9

48.5

22.6

36.1

326.5

2.5

0.7

3.2

–

0.7

–

–

7.1

46.1

67.0

43.7

68.9

49.2

22.6

36.1

333.6

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report  
  
 
 
137

Organic revenue at constant exchange rates
Organic revenue at constant exchange rates is calculated by adjusting the prior year revenues, adding pre-acquisition revenues for 
the corresponding period of ownership, and applying the 2018 foreign exchange rates in both years.

Art creation*

Game development  
(previously Engineering)*

Audio

Functional testing*

Localisation

Localisation testing

Player support

2018* 
Revenue  
at AER 
€m

2018  
Pre-acquisition 
revenue
€m

2018  
Like for like 
revenue 
€m

 Revenue 
growth
€m

2019  
Revenue  
at CER 
€m

34.0

35.2

34.2

47.8

44.0

19.7

35.9

4.9

12.0

4.7

0.1

–

–

–

38.9

47.2

38.9

47.9

44.0

19.7

35.9

250.8

21.7

272.5

2.6

17.2

0.9

17.7

3.3

2.2

(1.7)

42.2

41.5

64.4

39.8

65.6

47.3

21.9

34.2

314.7

2019 
 Organic 
revenue 
growth 
%

6.7% 

36.4% 

2.3% 

37.0% 

7.5% 

11.2% 

(4.7%)

15.5% 

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Adjusted operating costs
This comprises Administrative expenses as reported on the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income adding back 
amortisation of intangible assets, share option expense, costs of acquisitions and integration, depreciation, non-controlling interest 
and deducting bank charges.

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

Administrative expenses

Share option expense

Costs of acquisition and 
integration

Amortisation of intangible assets

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Depreciation – property plant  
and equipment

Note 13

Depreciation – right of use assets

Note 24

Non-controlling interest

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Bank charges

Note 6

Adjusted operating costs

Revenue from contracts with 
customers

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Adjusted operating costs as a % 
of revenue

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018
 €’000 

(98,687)

(265)

(98,952)

(73,123)

9,775

4,348

7,318

7,295

7,849

113

(629)

–

–

–

–

9,775

4,129

4,348

5,296

7,318

6,872

7,295

5,316

(7,849)

–

–

–

113

–

–

(629)

(503)

(62,618)

(8,114)

(70,732)

(52,013)

326,463

19.2%

326,463

250,805

21.7%

20.7%

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
138

Alternative performance measures continued

Adjusted operating profit
The adjusted operating profit consists of the Operating profit adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets, share option expense 
and costs of acquisition and integration.

Calculation

Operating profit

Share option expense

Costs of acquisition and 
integration

Amortisation of intangible assets

Adjusted operating profit

Reference in Financial Statements

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Revenue from contracts with 
customers

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Adjusted operating profit as a % 
of revenue

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018
 €’000 

21,542

(265)

21,277

22,685

9,775

4,348

7,318

42,983

326,463

13.2%

–

–

–

9,775

4,129

4,348

5,296

7,318

6,872

(265)

42,718

38,982

326,463

250,805

13.1%

15.5%

EBITDA
EBITDA comprises Operating profit, adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets, depreciation, while deducting the share of profit 
from associates and bank charges.

Calculation

Operating profit

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation on property plant 
and equipment

Depreciation on right of use 
assets

Share of profit from associates

Bank charges

EBITDA

Reference in Financial Statements

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Note 13

Note 24

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Note 6

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 €’000 

21,542

(265)

21,277

22,685

7,318

7,295

–

–

7,318

6,872

7,295

5,316

7,849

(7,849)

–

(629)

–

–

–

–

–

(66)

(629)

(503)

43,375

(8,114)

35,261

34,304

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
139

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA comprises EBITDA, adjusted for share option expense, costs of acquisition and integration and non-controlling 
interest.

Calculation

EBITDA

Share option expense

Costs of acquisition  
and integration

Non-controlling interest

Adjusted EBITDA

Reference in Financial Statements

As above

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Revenue from contracts  
with customers

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Adjusted EBITDA  
as a % of revenue

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

(8,114)

35,261

9,775

2018*
 €’000 

34,304

4,129

43,375

9,775

4,348

113

–

–

–

4,348

5,296

113

–

57,611

(8,114)

49,497

43,729

326,463

17.6%

326,463

250,805

15.2%

17.4%

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax comprises Profit before taxation as reported on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
adjusted for costs including amortisation of intangible assets, share option expense, costs of acquisitions and integration, foreign 
exchange gains and losses, non-controlling interest and unwinding of discounted liabilities.

Calculation

Profit before tax

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share option expense

Costs of acquisition and 
integration

Reference in Financial Statements

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Foreign exchange (gain) / loss

Note 6

Non-controlling Interest

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Unwinding of discounted liabilities 
– deferred consideration

Note 6

Adjusted profit before tax

Revenue from contracts with 
customers

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Adjusted profit before tax  
as a % of revenue

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 €’000 

17,371

437

17,808

22,094

7,318

9,775

4,348

1,658

113

330

40,913

326,463

12.5%

–

–

–

(7)

–

–

7,318

6,872

9,775

4,129

4,348

5,296

1,651

113

(791)

–

330

311

430

41,343

37,911

326,463

250,805

12.7%

15.1%

*  The prior year comparative has been re-classified to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
140

Alternative performance measures continued

Adjusted effective tax rate
The adjusted effective tax rate is the tax expense as reported on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, adjusted 
for the tax impact of the adjusting items in arriving at adjusted profit before tax, as a percentage of the adjusted profit before tax.

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

Adjusted profit before tax

As above

Tax expense

Effective tax rate before  
tax on adjusting items

Tax arising on bridging items  
to adjusted profit before tax **

Adjusted tax expense

Adjusted effective tax rate

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Calculation; Tax expense /  
Adjusted profit before tax

Calculation; Adjusted tax expense /
Adjusted profit before Tax

40,913

7,462

18.2%

1,703

9,165

22.4%

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 Restated 
€’000 

430

41,343

7,462

37,911

7,191

18.0%

19.0%

1,703

1,448

9,165

22.2%

8,639

22.8%

* 

 The prior year comparative has been restated to reflect the tax impact of the bridging items to adjusted profit before tax as the Directors consider this to 
be more meaningful. 

**  Being mainly amortisation of intangible assets €1,605k (2018: €1,448k).

Adjusted earnings per share
The adjusted profit after tax comprises the adjusted profit before tax, less the tax expense as reported on the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, adjusted for the tax impact of the adjusting items in arriving at adjusted profit before tax.

The adjusted earnings per share comprises the adjusted profit after tax divided by the non-diluted weighted average number of 
shares as reported in note 8.

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

Adjusted profit before tax

As above

Tax expense

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

Tax arising on bridging items  
to adjusted profit before tax **

Adjusted profit after tax

Denominator (weighted average 
number of equity shares)

Note 8

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 Restated 
€’000 

40,913

(7,462)

(1,703)

430

41,343

(7,462)

37,911

(7,191)

(1,703)

(1,448)

31,748

430

32,178

29,272

65,081,403 65,081,403 65,081,403

64,335,162

2019
Reported  
€ c per share

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€ c per share

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€ c per share

2018*
€ c per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Calculation; Adjusted profit after tax /
weighted average number of shares

48.78 

0.66

49.44 

45.50 

Adjusted earnings per share % 
growth

7.2%

8.7%

45.9%

*  

 The prior year comparative has been restated to reflect the tax impact of the bridging items to adjusted profit before tax as the Directors consider this to 
be more meaningful.

**  Being mainly amortisation of intangible assets €1,605k (2018: €1,448k). 

–

–

–

–

–

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
141

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
ROCE represents the adjusted profit before tax expressed as a percentage of the average total capital employed. As the Group 
continues to make multiple acquisitions each year, the calculation adjusts the profit before tax and the capital employed as if all  
the acquisitions made during each year were made at the start of that year. 

Total adjusted Profit before tax comprises adjusted Profit before tax, plus net interest costs, unwinding of discounted liabilities, 
bank charges, and pre-acquisition profits of current year acquisitions.

Capital employed represents equity as reported on the statement of financial position adding back retirement benefits, cumulative 
amortisation of intangible assets, acquisition related liabilities and net borrowings. 

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

Adjusted profit before tax

As above

Interest received

Interest expense

Unwinding of discounted  
liabilities – lease liabilities

Bank charges

Pre-acquisition profits of  
current year acquisitions

Adjusted profit before tax 
including pre acquisition profit 
excluding interest

Note 6

Note 6

Note 6

Note 6

Note 28

2019
Reported 
€’000

40,913

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

430

41,343

(74)

934

694

629

151

–

–

(694)

–

–

(74)

934

–

629

151

2018
 €’000 

37,911

–

502

–

503

4,896

43,247

(264)

42,983

43,812

Total equity

Consolidated statement  
of financial position

222,958

2,435

225,393

192,375

Retirement benefits

Cumulative amortisation  
of intangibles assets

Acquisition related liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Capital employed

Return on capital employed

Note 19

Note 12

Note 18

Note 20

Consolidated statement  
of financial position

Adjusted profit before tax including 
pre acquisition profit excluding 
interest expense / average capital 
employed

2,049

20,017

6,035

59,751

(41,827)

–

–

–

1

–

2,049

20,017

6,035

59,752

1,378

12,786

19,306

40,301

(41,827)

(39,871)

268,983

2,436

271,419

226,275

16.1%

(0.3%)

15.8%

19.4%

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
 
142

Alternative performance measures continued

Free cash flow
Free cash flow represents net cash flow provided by operating activities adjusted for capital expenditure, acquisition and 
integration cash outlay and interest payments, and is presented both before and after tax.

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 Restated 
€’000 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

32,781

(8,049)

24,732

27,650

Net cash provided by operating 
activities

Acquisition and integration  
cash outlay:

Costs of acquisition and 
integration

Fair value adjustments to 
contingent consideration

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

4,348

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(493)

–

–

–

–

–

4,348

5,296

(493)

(766)

(13,145)

(9,440)

(391)

(1,599)

74

–

(502)

20,639

6,304

26,943

Acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(13,145)

Investment in intangible assets

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(391)

74

Interest received

Interest paid

Free cash flow after tax

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(2,130)

694

(1,436)

Income taxes paid

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Free cash flow before tax

21,044

13,288

34,332

(7,355)

–

(7,355)

13,689

13,288

26,977

*  The prior year comparative has been restated to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Adjusted free cash flow
Adjusted free cash flow is a measure of cash flow adjusting for capital expenditure that is supporting growth in future periods  
(as measured by capital expenditure in excess of maintenance capital expenditure). This is represented by free cash flow before 
tax, plus capital expenditure in excess of depreciation.

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 Restated 
€’000 

Free cash flow before tax

As above

34,332

(7,355)

26,977

26,943

Capital expenditure in excess  
of depreciation:

Acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment

Consolidated statement of cash flows

13,145

–

13,145

9,440

Depreciation

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Capital expenditure in excess of 
depreciation 

Adjusted free cash flow

(15,144)

(1,999)

7,849

7,849

(7,295)

5,850

(5,316)

4,124

32,333

494

32,827

31,067

*  The prior year comparative has been restated to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic report 
 
 
 
143

Adjusted cash conversion rate
Adjusted cash conversion rate is the adjusted free cash flow as a percentage of the adjusted profit before tax:

Calculation

Reference in Financial Statements

Adjusted free cash flow

Adjusted profit before tax

As above

As above

Adjusted cash conversion ratio

Free cash flow before tax and capital 
expenditure adjusted as a % of 
adjusted profit before tax

2019
Reported 
€’000

2019
IFRS 16 Adj 
€’000

2019
Pre IFRS 16 
€’000

2018*
 Restated 
€’000 

32,333

40,913

79.0%

494

430

32,827

41,343

79.4%

31,067

37,911

81.9%

*  The prior year comparative has been restated to reflect the current year presentation as the Directors consider this to be more meaningful.

GovernanceFinancial statementsSupplementary information144

Company information

Directors

Secretary

Andrew Day
Georges Fornay
Charlotta Ginman
Ross Graham
Giorgio Guastalla
Jon Hauck
David Reeves

Liam O’Donoghue

Registered Number

8548351

Registered Office

Auditors

Remuneration Consultants

Principal Bankers

201 Temple Chambers
3-7 Temple Avenue
London
EC4Y 0DT

BDO
Registered Auditors
Beaux Lane House
Mercer Street Lower
Dublin 2

Mercer Kepler
Tower Place West
London
EC3R 5BU

Barclays Bank
27 Soho Square
London
W1D 3QR

HSBC Bank plc
1 Grand Canal Square
Grand Canal Harbour
Dublin 2

Silicon Valley Bank
14-18 Finsbury Square
London
EC2A 1BR

Citibank Europe plc
1 North Wall Quay
Dublin 1

Nominated Adviser and Broker

Financial PR Adviser

Solicitors

Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London
EC4M 7LT

MHP Communications
6 Agar Street
London
WC2N 4HN

DWF LLP
20 Fenchurch Street
London
EC3M 3AG

Keywords Studios plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019OverviewStrategic reportSupplementary informationGovernanceFinancial statementsK

e

y

w

o

r

d

s

S

t

u

d

i

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

Keywords Studios plc
Whelan House
South County Business Park
Dublin 18
Ireland

T: +353 190 22 730

www.keywordsstudios.com